Search results

  • CSV Spreadsheet
(41 - 60 of 164)

Pages

Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1974-1975
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calen...
Show more Table of Contents PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE Identification Objectives t h e Campus . . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g ... PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE ... . .. ... . .. .. . . . . The 4-1-4 Calendar Faculty General Education Majors Pre-Professional Training , Requirements I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study Honors Program Degrees .. . .. PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE .. ... S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l . Recreation Intercollegiate Religious L i f e Student S e r v i c e s Athletics Housing Food S e r v i c e MUSIP ... ... ... . .. ... PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID . . . E a r l y Decision . . . . . . Advanced ... The A p p l i c a t i o n Process Transfer E a r l y Admission Advanced Placement Standing F i n a n c i a l Aid ... ... PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP . I PAGE 19, EXPENSES . .. Expenses 1974- 75 Cost Summary S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts Refunds ... . . . Deposits . . . PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ... ... ... ... D i v i s i o n a l Organization Graduation Requirements Registration Probation and Dismissal Grading Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n C r e d i t by Examination Classification Courses Numbering . . Symbol ... ... ... ... ... . PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 90. INDEX T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e . Glossary of Terms T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e College. - - C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you. hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l . ACADEMIC.. COURSE.. MAJOR.. MINOR LOAN .. . . .The p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e . ..... . . A s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s "Community Development and Organization." Four courses a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January. . .......A c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a . majors i n 18 departments. Augsburg o f f e r s ..........A c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n t h e major. ELECTIVE.. FEE.. We ... . . A course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s dictate. ... .......Charges made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l . ...........Money a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. SEMESTER ... F i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay. The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid. .......The College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks. . PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department. Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973 AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March, August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May, June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis, Minnesota. Introduction There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g . Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you both. The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s , f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose participation i n athletics. Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y . Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own education. A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e "4-1-4.1' I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t . Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and t h e Fighting Saints. Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a remarkable l o c a t i o n . The College Identification Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago, Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century o f Christian higher education. The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r metropolitan area. Location Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s . The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing artists. A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul C i v i c Opera Company. R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h e y e a r around. Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s . The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus. ( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.) History Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879. The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r . r Nature and Objectives Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open, h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h . Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s : t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g academic e x c e l l e n c e t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern city t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l , and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the Christian f a i t h . I Accreditation Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e : North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society The Campus Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus. Visiting the Campus The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n , first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory. Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked Preferred t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181) times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s , Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n . . School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College. Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal and p r e p a r e a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n on one s u b j e c t . The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program. I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience and experiment while l e a r n i n g . Faculty Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e . The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one. In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having coffee. General Education Requirements Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined, n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required) . In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see "Academic Administration" section. ) Majors Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments. American S t u d i e s Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Communications E a s t Asian S t u d i e s Economics Economics /Business Administration Elementary Education English French German History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro -Urban S t u d i e s Music N a t u r a l Science Philosophy Physics P o l i t i c a l Science Psychology P h y s i c a l Education Religion Scandinavian Area Studies S o c i a l Science S o c i a l Work Sociology Spanish 1 Speech Theater A r t s Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted f o r f u r t h e r information. Pre-Professional Training Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y , pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r future professional study. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs. F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t . Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e . Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses. Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12 c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s , interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s , cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper Midwest. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and t h e Metropolitan campuses. These co-learning c l a s s e s CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s , guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n , S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e . The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with inmates and t h e i r problems. Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n t h e s e co-learning courses. SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees. . Augsburg and COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI ) CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o Aupsburg College. A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s . MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e three hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l , and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy. Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0 grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e , consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence of courses. International Study There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s . STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN), Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n . - ~ SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e : The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r . See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study Adviser. Honors Program Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term. Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College. For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t Augsburg . Degrees Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e requirements) Student Life Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension t o your education. Social and Cultural Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s . The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus. Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center. There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club, and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus. Recreation Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s . Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s . Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l , t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f . Religious Life An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s . The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and staff attend voluntarily. Student Services The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning. A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s . Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r . The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s . Housing Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making. Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s . The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower. This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and u t i l i t y areas. Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e : Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s . West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms and b a t h . Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s . A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women. The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members. A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e i n c o l l e g e operated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s and annex housing u n i t s . Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1. A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and t h e key i s returned. Food Service The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings. Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g i n College houses o r nearby apartments. The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations. Admission to the College and Financial Aid Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations. I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background. A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o s e e t h e campus. The Application Process 1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. 2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor, along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester t o : Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn 55404 . 3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e scheduled i n your a r e a . 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1 a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus, and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e summer. Transfer Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s . 1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e . 2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55404 3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f . Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes which a r e provided. 4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded. 5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College. 6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer. Early Decision An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d , i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s r e q u i r e d by January 1. Early Admission An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s . To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also, i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r . Advanced Placement Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed. Campus Guide West H a l l George Sverdrup Library Science H a l l Old Main Mortensen Tower and V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t ) Urness Tower The College Center The Quadrangle Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex Murphy Square Organ S t u d i o The Music Building S i Melby H a l l Speech and Drama Building E a s t H a l l (Band Building) A. B. F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required) S,tudent Parking (Permit Required) Offices Admissions (Science 156) Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r ) Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r ) A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128) Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r ) Business A f f a i r s (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) Center f o r Student Development (Memorial 1 s t f l o o r ) College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor) Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32) Dean o f t h e College (Science 135) Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r ) ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r ) Advanced Standing College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg. Financial Aid About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment, o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid. For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000. Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e . The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information, c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College. Expenses Expenses TUITION - $2,115.00 T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms. Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner: T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00 T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00 I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d . A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m course only. Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge. s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course. SPECIAL FEES - NOT For p a r t - t i m e REFUNDABLE A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s . Graduation f e e i s $15.00. Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $25.00. S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00. Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE Cinema A r t s , $10.00 Computer Science, $25 .OO Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e ) , $50.00 Student Teaching, $35.00 Improvement of Reading, $30.00 Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) , o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m . P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) . Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term. OTHER COSTS Transcript fee: f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00. Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students: $2 .OO o r $3.00. Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e . Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r charge account b a s i s . BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room $1,161.00 P a r t i a l Board and Room $1,125.00 Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences) $ 801.00 5 Day Lunch Plan $ 234.00 In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract year. A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r noon lunch and dinners. The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'. A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides f i v e noon lunches p e r week. Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year. 1974-75 Cost Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00 Application Fee. Tuition ( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . ) . . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00 Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 25.00 Board and Room Breakage (Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program). The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e room charge. - BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20. V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l . Refunds I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule: 100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s . 80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s . 70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s . 60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s . 50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s . 40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s . No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%. Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges. In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s . Academic Administration Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s , and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s . The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s . Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission. MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e 300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses which apply toward t h e major. 4. The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College. 5. Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s . 6. S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows (One course may meet one requirement only) : a. A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated proficiency i n writing. b. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama. c. A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments: biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology. d. A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments: economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e f i v e departments. e. Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply. f. A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns. g. Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one semester o f a c t i v i t i e s . Divisional Organization The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a two-year term. Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n . NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Earl R. A l t o n Chairman : Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman : Norma C . Noonan Department o f Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department o f H i s t o r y Department of P o l i t i c a l Science Department o f Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman : E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography, L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education Department of Music HUMANITIES Chairman : P h i l i p A. Quanbeck Department of A r t Department o f E n g l i s h Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek, Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s Department of Religion Department o f Philosophy Registration A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r it. A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e defined as full-time students. Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days of t h e semester. S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s Office. S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s . Probation and Dismissal A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y : FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below below below below 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.0 o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses having t a k e n 16-24 courses having t a k e n 25 o r more courses I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y , he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term. Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l . Grading Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as follows : 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0 .b Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course. Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s . Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course) . Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e grade p o i n t average. A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n . For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r . An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d , i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester. A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain on t h e r e c o r d . A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average. Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d . Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0, o r N. Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r . A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s . Graduation With Distinction Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows : Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.9 3.6 3.3 - 4.0 grade average 3.89 grade average - 3.59 grade average - General Information Credit by Examination S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by comprehensive examinations. Classification ....... .......... ........ Sophomore Junior Senior.. ........14 grade p o i n t s ........32 grade p o i n t s 7 courses 16 courses 25 c o u r s e s . . ..... .50 grade p o i n t s To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s . Courses A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35 courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n . Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h . Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d . Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s . Numbering Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered 300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores; 300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course. Symbol Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r #. i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Course Descriptions American Studies Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages. See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c . Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y , L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) . ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS: H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s Amsrican S t u d i e s 231 H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495 R e l i g i o n 363, 352 L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232 A r t 102 E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490 S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s Geography 1 14 Education 478, 488 P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371 S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463 Economics 120, 122, 251, 453 TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n area t o be approved b y director. MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s under major. 2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings 2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g., religion under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c . (Fall) 2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g ) 2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today., e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores. all) 4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE For description, see 295. l e v e l of work. ( F a l l ) Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature. encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m 3 6 0 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception, s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107. Spring) 3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1 Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1 Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead, wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e all) and a r c h i t e c t u r e . 4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111. ( F a l l , Spring) Department of Biology Chairman : Ralph Sulerud MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y (Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I ) P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352; Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major. . one c o u r s e from e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology, Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y , P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r Microbiology (Group V ) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major. MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year. 101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor. Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology 112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body. and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s ) (Lecture 108 MICROBIOLOGY Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y . Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring) 110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms. The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m ) 111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 4\' For biology and o t h e r science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology, c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science. l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory. 111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior, l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution, d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . : 112. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 5 GENETICS The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics. Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms. ( 3 hours l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : 112. Spring) 3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates, l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l ) 4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e . Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m ) 4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l ) 4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals. Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o t h e study v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy, pathogenicity a r e considered 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and morphology, physiology, genetics, and as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 112, 367 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 1 ECOLOGY A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.: 112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g ) 4 9 1 SEMINAR Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. : 112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella Business Administration MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g I n addition, c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended. c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 , 2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . (392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.) In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 , 373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t (Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n . 101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance measurement. (Fall, Interim) 102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm: sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. Fall) 2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s . (Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l ) 2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1 An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s . Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes. ( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings, ( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g ) l e c t u r e s , and case material. 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y , sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a . Fall) 3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral ( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g ) topics . . 3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261. Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l ) 4 8 3 AUDITING I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l ) 4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 4 9 5 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting, Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) Business Education MAJOR: 12-18 C o u r s e s . CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 , 364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108. ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION: Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391 SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: OFFICE SPECIALTZATION: MTNOR: or 392. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353. Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219. Five courses i n Business Education. COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353. TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 , 350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120. A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l education r e q u i r e m n t s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration. 1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t ) The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting. (Interim) 1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c calculators. ( F a l l ) 1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m ) 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory, reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h school. Fall) 3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g , tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent. Spring) 3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or e q u i v a l ent Spring) . 3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr) 4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e , s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e . (Spring) 4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1 9 74-75) Economics MAJOR : ECONOMICS Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended. COMBINED MAJOR: ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s . B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n , d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d . MINOR: Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s . For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n . E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s . Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t . 1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl'; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ; D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g ) 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , Interim, Spring) 2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ; t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l ) 3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s . (Prereq.: 123. F a l l ) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks, t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 . Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r ) 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining. P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. (Prereq.: #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g ) Department of Chemistry Chairman: E a r l Alton GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r . AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361. TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e . T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n , n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp& a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r . P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<: DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s , and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352. 1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry. Fall) 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r 223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS First semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry, q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g ) h i g h school chemistry, 2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o biochemistry. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or 115. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour 351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g ) laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. 3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s : 3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y ) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g ) 353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g ) 4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362, o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g ) 4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom. Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l ) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e . 4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n d u r i n g t h e academic year. East Asian Studies T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s : Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t may a p p l y toward t h i s major. Department of Education Acting Chairman: Lauretta E . Pelton The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f the sophomore y e a r . Elementary Education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111, and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an academic m a j o r i s recommended. 2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y ) Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g . Fall, Spring) 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring) 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: METHODS AND MATERIALS Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY See under Secondary Education. 481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372. Fall, Spring) 4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1 Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of English Acting chairman: Ronald Palosaari MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s 250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either 219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320. E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course. 1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 219 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts (Spring) . 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 261 MODERN FICTION S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e . (Fall, Spring) 272 LITERARY CLASS1CS Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 43 II n 2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological, t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e . 3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English 1anguage (Spring) . 3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74) 3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l ) 3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s , e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century. (Spring) 3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0 A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements. Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 6 7 MODERN POETRY Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, Fall) 3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 . 3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA See description under Scandinavian Studies 352. 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship Director. 4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h , American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l ) 4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t . Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g ) 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e all, S p r i n g ) s t u d e n t ' s choice. Department of Foreign Language Chairman: Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences, however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N. French MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France s t r o n g l y recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No c r e d i t . Offered on demand. 1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed language and verb speaking advanced t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on all , Spring) placement. 1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on (Spring) advanced placement . 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l ) 2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and (Spring) l i t e r a r y study i n French. 2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor. (Fall) 3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n (Fall) courses. 3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s . y e a r l y on demand) . 3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N : HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r Readings, r e p o r t s , i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness. extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976) 3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t ' promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 19 7 5 ) 3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) - 352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works. Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1974-75. Offered a l t e r n a t e years) 3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( S p r i n g 1976-77. Offered every t h i r d year) 3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I g, etc.) , Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide, Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r ) A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert, 3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring 1975-76. Offered every t h i r d year) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g . Spring) 4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus, Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.) shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332, 354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year) A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac, 452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75. Offered e v e r y t h i r d year) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions) ( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355) O f f e r e d upon demand) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l . Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411. i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended. I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ; Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e . 111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g . 112 F a l l , Spring) 21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g ) 2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l ) 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l ) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771 3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL - 1780 Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages, t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds. ( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976) 3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0 - 1890 Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977) 3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal, Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times. ( F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present. Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g ) 2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y ) Linguistics 31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current 1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l grammar. ( S p r i n g ) 411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s : t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Scandinavian Area Studies Coordinators: Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s . A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . , courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l . Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language. 111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work 1 112, S p r i n g ) expected. 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected. ( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) ,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway. ( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t . Fall) 3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e ) 3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge j m d miltors w i l l bc of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language. (Spring) 3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975) 4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Spanish MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354. ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended) MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e . ( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended) 1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l , Spring; 112, Spring) 2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language, supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g ) 2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l ) 31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.: 112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. Fall) 3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978) 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1 A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e . Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l 1974, 1976. 353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e . and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977) 4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g ) 4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage. ( O f f e r e d o n demand) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period. (Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977) 4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: MAJOR: Donald Gustafson 8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar. A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s : A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level. S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s . HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f end o f the f i r s t t e r m c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e MINOR: 3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t ) a f a c u l t y conwittee. 5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n . S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300) b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be t a k e n i n sequence. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g ) 1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring) 2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l ) 2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7 An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal, and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l ) 3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring) 3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th Centuries. 3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C. The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D. A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0 A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76) 4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4 A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period. An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y . (Fall) 4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring) 4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g ) 4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and Indonesia. ( F a l l ) 4 6 4 MODERN CHINA The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75) A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839. 4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76) 4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes (Fall) . 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . ( F a l l , Spring) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. Department of Mathematics Chairman: Dean Gulden MAJOR: - 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325. M s : 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s , Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1 Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences. ( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11 Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with of several variables d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w and s e r i e s with applications primarily from *$Peal sciences. Primarily f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l ) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l ) 21 1 NUMBER THEORY A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975, alternate years) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods; and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g ) 2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern elementary s c h & -tics c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g ) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e , 224. F a l l ) e.: 3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups, rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l ) 315 LINEAR ALGEBRA A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ] 324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1 A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions, improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s . ( P r e r e q . : 224. 324, Spring; 325, F a l l ) 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . 4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra, including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.: 314. Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. ( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 5 4 TOPOLOGY Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness, connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t registration. Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m ) Medical Technology This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital, Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical Technology adviser. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353. Metro-Urban Studies Director: J o e l S. Torstenson 1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study. MAJOR: The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102; B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360; S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l . To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology, r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . * The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d . Department of Music Chairman: Robert Karl& MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365 o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457, 458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education. . . . . . . 1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y (1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year. Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 ) a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y . Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s . A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year. A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s . A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests. A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano proficiw@# ' o n b y t h e end o f the year. I t i n c l u d e s : i n v e r s i o n s , played two (a) majw. minor s c a l e s w i t h r er and w i t h correct a t moderate s p e e d and o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3 from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi* qd.+sical sonata; ( c ) a Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade. One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory. &ece*, During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s . TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: & sew$& b'da m* a A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e , #a r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 ) s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when convenient. 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g , harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g ) 2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s . (Fall) 2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s . (Spring) 3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s , techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments. (Fall) 3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments. (Spring) 3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Fall) 3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments. (Spring) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall) 4 5 7 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l ) 4 5 8 CONDUCTING Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l ) 4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700. ( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ) 488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano. Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Piano Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor. Organ Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control, f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student, but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Choir Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s . Concert Band ~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r . Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s . MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s . I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112. be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s . The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223 and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361. - In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d . In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department. NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y . MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344. HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the o f t h e philosophy faculty. j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t . C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n requirement. 1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates, P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 0 ETHICS Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 3 0 LOGIC The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110. 2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11: (Fall, Spring) MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . , and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g ) 3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume); Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r course: 241, 242. Fall) 3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy, pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241, 242, 343. S p r i n g ) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75) 3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese, Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76) 3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344. F a l l , 1974-75) 3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e i n science. F a l l , 1975-76) 3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h . ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75) 3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 344. F a l l , 1975-76) 4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o , Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #. 1975-76) 4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r 1974-75) course i n philosophy. 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: E . W. Anderson PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 courses. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472. 223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572. 10 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351, PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y course are a l s o required. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 5 courses. 111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243. 1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231. 5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n (PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499 Independent Study) C@lWENG EN-PIT: m&hg. - Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s . Physical Education 102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s . f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g ) Separate s e c t i o n s 2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m ) 2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body. (Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105. Spring) 352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n physical education. ( S p r i n g ) 365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid. C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d . (Prereq.: Fall) 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Fa11 ) 472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately. (Fall) 482 COACHING OF SPORTS Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s . (Interim) 4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y . and administration of neuromuscular re-education. Includes general p r i n c i p l e s ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School on1 y) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital, and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education. majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y ) Open only t o Health Education 1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e individual and t h e community. ( F a l l ) 111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses. American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring) Also includes ( F a l l , Spring) 3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program. (Fall) Department of Physics Chairman: Theodore Hanwick MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 . 1 0 1 ASTRONOMY A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made of n 12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l , 3-inch Quostar. Spring1 1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics, wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s . Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Fall) 121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1 A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s , e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s . R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 122, F a l l ) 2 6 1 ELECTRONICS A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 224. Fall) 2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 122. Spring) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1 A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems, c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g ) 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1 The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226. 362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g ) 3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and 1 seminar hour p e r week. Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring) 4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 351. S p r i n g ) 4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l ) 4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u . P r e r e q . : 486. Spring) Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a . MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e 3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e department. * The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and Analysis. (Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . ) - Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 . The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c . S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n . For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s Schedule. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S 1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s . (Fall, Spring) 3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . : 1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #) 3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development, s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of election years. No prerequisite) 3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR (Offered i n non-election years. description) See note under 326. See Section 11 for 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section I V for description) 3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 (Offered alternate years. 11. See Section I V for description) COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS 15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of contemporary i s s u e s . 3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s . course i n Political Science or #) (Prereq.: One 3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand) 3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice, including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system. (Offered on demand. Prereq. : #) I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L POLITICS 160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign (Spring) policy . 361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years) 3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1 Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate years. ) V. P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS 1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES (See Section 11 for description) 3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.) 381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11 Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t , anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s (Offered alternate years .) appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s . 3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. ) 3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand) 2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study f o r Interim, Spring) lower division students. (Prereq. : #. Fall, 3 9 9 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t . Fall, Interim, Spring) (Prereq.: #. 4 9 5 SEMINAR Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student. (Prereq. : # Fall, Interim, Spring) . Department of Psychology Chairman: Duane Johnson MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman. Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481, 498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n 355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y , should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended. MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105. HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5 grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program. A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year. 1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n ( F a l l , Spring) major sub-areas. 3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process. Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult. Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods of l i f e . (Preraq. : 3 5 1 . Spring),, 3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY .. .. I A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . : 105. Fall) 3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 5 7 LEARNING Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g ) 3 5 9 MEASUREMENT Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l ) 3 6 1 PERSONALITY Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y . ( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l ) 3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research. ( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g ) 3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.: 105. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g ) 3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. General Education requirement. ) (Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g ) 4 9 3 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l ) 4 9 8 SEMINAR: RESEARCH PROBLEMS Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association. C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.: S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g ) 4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology. Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e proposed study. Department of Religion Chairman: P h i l i p A. Quanbeck MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363, 471-475, 481-484. HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department. MINOR: 5 courses. R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n requirements. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l , Spring) 221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents. The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring) 3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION See under Department of Philosophy. 3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s . all) 3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g ) 3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75) 3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1 The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76) 3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church. (Fall) 3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic Fathers through Augustine . 3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin Luther and o t h e r representative figures. (Fall) 3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing culture. (Fall) 3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH (See under Department of Music) 4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l ) 4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s writings. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g ) 4 7 5 JUDAISM A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l ) 4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g ) 4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring) 4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s . A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495). B . BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS 1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2 courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology. C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS 8 courses i n Non-Western 2 courses i n h i s t o r y and 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Religion 353; Philosophy s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440, P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499; 355. 6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495; Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography, anthropology, sociology, and economics. For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s , t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined. D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS 1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following: P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499. Department of Sociology and Social Work Sociology Chairman: J o e l Torstenson MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y . MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300 and above) 111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes. ( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g ) 1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n sociology. ( S p r i n g ) 2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS: COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought, magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY See under Department of Religion 362, 3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11 An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s . S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ; h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra. Fall, Spring) 3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency, v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g . Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n . Spring) Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 . Spring) 3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION - A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth; and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring) 3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y ) c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g . 3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 105. Fall) Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s . ( P r e r e q . : #) 4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s . ( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l ) 4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y , i n c l u d i n g 121. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r . of instructor. (Prereq. : 121, permission Fall, Interim, Spring) Social Work Director: Paul T. Steen MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring. CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384; S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861 8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) . (one The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325 326; Psychology 351 352 (may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362 375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l Work 257 357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231 and 232. - or and 2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m ) 3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework, group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l ) 3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m ) 3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work. (Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g ) 3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY * A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently but not required. (summer) 3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer) 4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e . Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l ) 4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l ) 4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and major Spring) . Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y required. The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f Admissions. P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130. COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses SPEECH MAJOR: 10 courses SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r 352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s required. SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351 orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n , THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama. Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and 228. Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g , l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n dramatic productions during a l l four years. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n . A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r . Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y education. 1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . (Fall, Spring) 116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l ) Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation. students. ( F a l l ) Open t o a l l 2 3 2 ACTING An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements. (Spring) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y . of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g ) See a l s o description under Department 351 ARGUMENTATION Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g ) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g ) 355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n .discussion techniques. ( F a l l ) 3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e . prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l ) P r a c t i c e i n reading 361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic production. ( F a l l ) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students on 1y (Spring) . 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design. 228 or #. Spring) (Prereq. : 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech. introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g ) An 480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall) 487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g ) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r . * ( F a l l , Spring) Total Student Enrollment . . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773 359 Academic Year, 1972-1973, Summer Session, 1973 Summary of Graduates ................ Graduates, 1870-1972 Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972 - May 20, 1973) . 5,434 260 Faculty RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) *WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass) EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan (Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) . BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education) ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman *MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College, (Theater Arts D i r e c t o r ) KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy) *VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933, U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian) JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion) *ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind) *JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics) VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e Studies) WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach) JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band) *NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass) CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American History) BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935, R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer) ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus) . K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e ) F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s ) BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972, Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics) GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Learning) *EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School of Music (Voice) *ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics) *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education) NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology) HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n ) BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Visual Communications) MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy) (Enj oys f e n c i n g , c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t ) *WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y o f Chicago (Human Development) BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s roses) *ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods) DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g , p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry) . LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A. 1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r ) THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y (Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication) *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l College of Law (Business Law) MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary Foundation *KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Voice) DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics) ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology) NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e ) HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y ) JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organic Chemistry) ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach) VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) * I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y ) MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Registrar) DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d School o f Music (Piano) MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French) ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) , Department Chairman *SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Zoology) *JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish) BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing) *LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing) GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g ) ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961, Luther Theological Seminary "KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance) MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota *MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Enjoys bargain-hunting) DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays preaching) *SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and gardening) JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology) *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass) GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y (Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ; S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75 S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest) *KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l , mental and s p i r i t u a l ) ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y ) RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Ancient History) "CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s . DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America) ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Theater Arts) JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting) *WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German) "VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa (American C i v i l i z a t i o n ) RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman. (Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s ) "PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics) ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l ) WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology) LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping, mus i c) JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends weekends s k i i n g . ) MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m ) Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l ) STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r ) *JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology) GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish) PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making) . EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance, Urban) "KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Piano) RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e ) LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir) *IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Library Science) EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail School o f Music *RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960, Hebrew Union College (Judaism) MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943, U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota *DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology) PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community) *CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology) DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory) GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A . 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman *RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College (Personality) NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research) JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of Mus i c JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology) *EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble) ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Elementary A r t Methods) *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism) * Part-time Personnel Administration President ..................... Finance and Management Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management Controller D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r of Data Processing D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . Burton P . Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1 Academic A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean o f t h e College Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs Registrar Assistant Registrar Head L i b r a r i a n D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth ....... .. .... ... . . . . . . . . C.. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y . . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn . . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson Development and College R e l a t i o n s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~ D i r e c t o r of Development D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s Manager of t h e News Bureau O f f i c e Manager . . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low . . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson Student A f f a i r s Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of Admissions D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t Development D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement D i r e c t o r of Student Programs D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Admissions Counselor Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander . . . . . . . Richard Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh . . . . . . . . P a t Olsson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson . . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr. Index ...... ........... AcademicAdministration 22 Academic L i f e 7 Accreditation 6 Administration 89 Admission t o t h e College 15 Advanced Placement 16 Advanced Standing 18 American S t u d i e s 27 Anthropology 76 A r t . Department of 28 Bachelor of Music Degree 11. 57 Biology. Department of 29 Board. Cost of 20 Business Administration . . . . . . 32 Business Education 34 Calendar 7 Campus 6 CampusMap 17 Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37 Classification 26 Communications 79 Computer Science 56 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) 9 C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26 Course Desdriptions 27 C r e d i t by Examination 26 Degrees 11 D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23 East Asian S t u d i e s 39 Economics 35 Education. Department of . . . . . 40 Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40 Education. Secondary 41 English. Department of 43 Enrollment 82 Expenses 19 Faculty .7. 83 F i n a n c i a l Aid 18 F i n a n c i a l Information 20 Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8 Food S e r v i c e 14 French 45 Foreign Languages 45 Full-Time Student Defined 26 General Education Requirements 7 Geography 42 German 48 Grading 24 Graduates (1870-19 73) 82 Summary o f 82 Graduation Requirements 22 . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . ..... .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... . . . ...... ...... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ...... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... .............. . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. .............. ....... ........... ...... .. ....... .. .... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . . Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n 25 Greek 49 Health Education 63. 65 H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College 4 History. Department of 52 Honors Program 11 Housing 13 Identification 4 I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs 8 Intercollegiate Athletics 12 I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study 10 Journalism 43 Library Science 42 Linguistics 49 Location 4 Majors 8 Mathematics. Department of 54 Medical Technology 9. 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s 56 Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP) 14 Music. Department o f 57 Nature and O b j e c t i v e s 5 N a t u r a l Science 60 Numbering of Courses 26 Pers onne 1 89 Philosophy. Department of 61 P h y s i c a l Education 63 Physics. Department of 65 P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of 67 Pre-Professional Training 8 Probation and Dismissal 24 Psychology. Department of 70 Recreation 12 Refunds 21 Registration 24 Religion. Department o f 72 Religious L i f e 12 Room Costs 20 Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s 50 S o c i a l Science Majors 75 S o c i a l Work 78 Sociology. Department of 76 Spanish 51 Speech. Department of 79 Student L i f e 12 Student S e r v i c e s 12 Summer School 9. 10 Symbol (#) 26 T h e a t e r Arts 80 Transfer 15 T u i t i o n and Fees 19 V i s i t i n g t h e Campus 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . .......... ... ..... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ........ .... . . .... . ...... ...... ...... .. . .... .. .... .... .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ...... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . ...... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . .......... ..... . . . . . . . . . . ....... .......... ......... . . . . . . . . .......... .......... . . . . . . . . . . ......... ........
Show less
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1978-1979
Title
Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1978-1979
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the college, or the registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 1I, PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 32, EXPENSES PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES PAGE 102, FACULTY PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 112, INDEX PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20 departments. MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major. ELECTIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-ln-Aid. SEMESTER. . . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks in length and the interim is 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion of your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "41-4." In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities are available to enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear in the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the Fighting Saints, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago, Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and is in its second century of Christian higher education. The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin Cities also appear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one of the many area lakes. In the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including United, Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 . The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Nature and Objectives Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It is committed to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes the following primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient in one area or major to help students understand the Christian faith in relation to the contemporary world to develop students' love of learning and their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence to increase students' understanding of the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities of the modern city to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them in discovering the occupatio~~al opportunities which exist for them to assist students in their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities of character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall, Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall, (332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. The Campus Augsburg's compact campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The University of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the following associations that set standards by which excellence is judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting the Campus The purpose of the campus visit is to permit students to learn, first-hand, about the College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the process of selecting a college and in making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school is in session. School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454. Memorial Hall Art Studio and Art Annex Music Hall Si Melby Hall Augsburg College Ice Arena Little Theatre (Speech and Drama) East Hall Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center Olivet Hall (notshown; located south of the campus on Franklin Avenue) Admissions Parking Student Parking Murphy Square Faculty-Staff Parking Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Science 139) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor) Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor) C.H R . (Memorial ground floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Science 1 35) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Housing (Memorial 1 st floor) Interim Director (Science 135) Internship Office (Science 135) Little Theatre (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Science 139) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor) Registrar (Science 1 14) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Science 135) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor) Summer School Office (Science 135) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 2 1st Avenue South. The Physical Plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Following is a brief description of each building. A new music/classroom building is designed and scheduled for completion in 1978. Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe organs and equipment for class-piano instruction. The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in 1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal room for large groups. dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 60 students and provides space for several faculty and administrative offices. Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located in this building. The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Annex Houses, located in the campus area provide accommodations for students, faculty, and staff members. The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other speech activities. The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the main dining area, plus private Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used as a practice room for the band and other instrumentalists. Academic Life Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology is available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and the Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation for careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching is available. Augsburg seeks to assist its students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according to their individual interests and abilities. The Student As Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning is not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It is not equal to simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves the solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest Viking victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over a million volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiolvideo tape recordings are available for both faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are also available. Faculty The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual The interim period is an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged in this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form in the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity to experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable freedom in the choice of courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. , In the humanities area, students may select courses in literature, philosophy, art, music, foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion. Science courses may be chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in social and behavioral sciences are offered in the departments of economics, history, political science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns is required as is also proficiency in two lifetime sports. For details on general education requirements see under Academic Administration. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available through cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It is possible for students to complete other majors also through ACTC. Make application for such majors through the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is suggested that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, in the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1 course. Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 , 352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the Political Science course, Law in the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Medicine at Augsburg Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one or more writing and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 courses. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning to enter seminary should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior andlor senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of educational materials including approximately 150,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free between the campuses. ' CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses. CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program is new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission to the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group is composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student is accepted by the participating hospital for its program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan Technological University in Houghton, Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, in a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State Hospital, is available to students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application to be approved by the director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult with the Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY. Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan school emphasizing experiential-based learning, may take classes at each other's campuses under certain mutually satisfactory arrangements. Interested persons should contact the Academic Dean. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe Institute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education requirements. SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty. New Dimensions Program The New Dimensions Program is for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, The transitional course, "The Adult Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes self-assessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return to school. The course enables returning adults to get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor has an office in the College Center where you can contact him for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his or her own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural winners at various colleges. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and the ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete in volleyball, gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis, and track. Student Services Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices i o make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively by finding and discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Minority Concerns. If you have some special needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff member to help you find out which resources and programs will help meet your needs. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility area. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about 60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's special advantage is that it is large enough to meet new people, but small enough to retain a friendly, close atmosphere. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation is to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged to establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser; one in the major and one in the area of education. Freshmen also have an upperclass adviser. Married student housing is available in annex housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live In college-operated houslng. You may wish to contact this office for information on types of assistance available and for answers to questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on Student Financial Services Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Vkfts are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center is the main food-service facility. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into three branches: the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Student-government elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year, Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President in their offices in the College Center. International Students If you are a student from a foreign country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed as adviser. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs if the concern is related to student life and the Vice President for Academic Affairs if the concern is related to academic matters. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the placement office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission to the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of success in college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. A visit to the campus is highly recommended: admissions counselors are available to help you, answer your questions, and arrange for you to see the campus. The Application Process For Freshmen 1 . From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $1 0.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is required by April 15 after acceptance has been made andlor financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus, and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $1 0.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21 st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office 731 21 st Ave. South Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need to have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00 matriculation fee with their application form. 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made in the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is available to help them in the transition to college and ta the United States. Admission Is based upon performance in secondary school and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number of scholarships is available. ' Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. If they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by December 10 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged to withdraw applications made to other colleges. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit which is non-refundable is required by February 1 Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity to cope with a college course after the junior year in high school. Also, it is recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while in the Army. An adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 82% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college through some form of scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a combination of these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid is made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying to the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1976-77, approximately 82% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling $2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program to which all Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan (formerly National Defense Student Loan), College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus work opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from other relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e. scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union to which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations in a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan is available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources is the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are $31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is $1 500 per year. Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available to full-time and part-time students. Up to $1 400 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify for special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's Administration Office in your area. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) is retired, deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emotional disabilities may qualify for special assistance. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an application from the American Lutheran Church, Division of College and University Services, 422 South Fifth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application deadline is April 1. Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load. If the adjusted family income of the student is less than $25,000 per year or if financial need is established for those not in this category, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan. Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education whichever is less and the aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State Student Loan. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community I junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected to apply. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Applications for the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 1, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. Return completed application and FFS to The American College Testing Program, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically considered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE How To Apply Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking in the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up to full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Opportunity Grants (SEOG) Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a second year. Educational For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application is also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number is 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. 1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to able and Averages approximately $1 000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal is not guaranteed. 2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to - deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended by the committee. - two deserving juniorlsenior students. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need. - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 4. Memorial Scholarship 5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships established in 1972 to be - distributed by the scholarship committee to needy students 6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen. 7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to $1 000 each - awarded on the basis of scholarship, achievement, character, leadership, industry, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to Tozer Foundation (code 6577) - 8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee - 1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. - MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty - awarded annually to Scholarshlp Program Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. - 3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal Scholarshlp Awarded periodically to an American Negro student. - 4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for Mlnorlty Students sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC (Code 6591). - RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. - 2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian Service. - 4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes awarded to a Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. - - 5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to an able and deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. - - 7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. - 1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - 2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education. 3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. - 4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship awarded to able and deserving women students showing ability in women's athletics. - 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. - 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to a football player on basis of financial need. - 7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship is for male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. - Blology Scholarships established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. - 2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business andlor education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty, Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty - awarded to The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty - 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp -awarded to an outstanding student in the field of English. HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty - The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library staff. - 1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp generally awarded to able and deserving juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. - 2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. - MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern Language faculty. The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. - MUSIC - Winners selected by Music faculty. - 1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp awarded annually to juniorlsenior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over-all academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. - - 3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. - 6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund awarded i o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" andlor "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student studying choral music. - - 4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. 5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp awarded to upperclass students seeking to SOCIOLOGY - - Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. .- -- ..-# , l..\ y C--m:;: ,, , C ; , .. . . . . . r , * ; . ,- -. . ... ,-.-.: .' . Expenses The costs expressed herein are subject to change without notice. TUITION - $3,100 Film Making, $70 Life Drawing, $1 0 Stagecraft, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1978. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson during the interim. Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim); piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim). Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a semester. OTHER COSTS A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses in a semester or registering for an interim course only. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1 .oo. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according to the schedule on file. SPECIAL FEES - NOT REFUNDABLE An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all new students. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs is $1 25.00. Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $250.00. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes is $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES REFUNDABLE Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis. BOARD AND ROOM Full Board and Room - $1,500 Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. In the event of excessive increases in the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. - NOT Cinema Arts, $25 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 1978-79 COST SUMMARY Application Fee - $1 0.00 Tuition - $3,100 account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. Board and Room - $1,500 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded on termination of studies at Augsburg) Deposits - TUITION DEPOSIT New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit. Required at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September. Applied to the room charge. - BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg. Settlement of Account A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of the first half-year billing period is due August 20, and the second half-year is due January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her Refunds A student cancelling part or all of hislher registration andlor being released from hislher housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: through the first five days of classes. from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. from the twenty-sixth day to the middle of the term. No ref1und will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel hislher registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will be applied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will include courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairman: Duane Johnson Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and to equip students for lifetime sports, Courses in religion are intended to assist students in their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Chairman: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department of of of of Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairman: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Linguistics, Norwegian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of Speech, Communication, and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300's and 400's) and not more than 13 in one department, except 17 for Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R. courses, 2 courses by independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairman) may apply toward the 35 total courses required. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Registration A student must be registered for a course in order to receive credit for it. A normal load is four courses per semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. Students must petition and receive permission to register for more than 4.5 courses. 4. The last year of study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number of interim courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. A course from each of the following eight areas (One course may fulfill the requirement in one area, only): Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology - Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English - Speech, Communications & Theater Arts Foreign Language Art - Music C. Three courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. D. A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee is also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Students who have completed at least seven courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. FRESHMAN, SOPHOMORE, JUNIOR, SENIOR, below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-1 5 courses below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured, primarily, by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a PassINo Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system; some others are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system in most other courses. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses. Students must indicate on their registration card those courses which they wish to take on the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made during the first two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P1O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an average of two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on PIN grading system if approved by the department chairman. A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402, and several interim courses are graded only on Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirements, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. A maximum of two courses in lndependent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached to independent study by the host campus. Graduation With Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude Magna cum laude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average In order to qualify for graduation with distinction transfer students must have completed two years (fourteen graded courses) of work at Augsburg College. lndependent Study Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration andlor academic load to the Office of the Registrar. lndependent study programs are offered by many departments in the College. These programs are often available to conscientious students who can demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Students interested in registering for independent study must first secure permission from the faculty member who will direct the study as well as from the department involved. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may b e given only in the case of extreme emergency. See section on Grading. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course in order to receive the final grade. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested in earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification .. Sophomore . . 7 courses. . . I 4 grade points Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points . . To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses is required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in addition to laboratories. Each semester is approximately 1 5 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered in the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the department. Symbol #Consent of instructor Course Descriptions The description of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics to be Eonsidered For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and clarification of content and requirements for individual courses, please consult the respective instructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". American Studies Director: Grief Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of these areas and 3 in each of the others):* Hlstory of the United States American Studies, 23 1, 260 History 221, 222, 331, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Humanities in the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 351, 490 and 49 1 (American emphasis) Philosophy 344 Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject to change from year to year. (Spring) Social Sciences in the United States Economics 120, 122, 123, 251 Education 4 78# Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326, 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS 370, 371, 421 Psychology 48 1 #; Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73, 381,383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion in the major. TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. 265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract, Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES 495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in For description, see course 295. Open to juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Art Chairman: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses including 107; two from 118, 221, 223, 225, and 250. 118 PAINTING I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention given to black and white, color and photographic processes. ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses including 386, 387, 388. 150 JEWELRY 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring) 221 SCULPTURE l STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT MAKING I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) 225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I 399 INTERNSHIP The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.(Fall, Spring) Consult chairman or internship director to determine project. 242 FILM MAKING Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 2 2 1. Fall, Spring) Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS l An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Sprin g) 478 SCULPTURE II 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY 290 ART HISTORY SURVEY 330 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 351 CERAMICS II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 355 PAINTING II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118. Fall, Spring) A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered summer, 1977) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring, 1978, Alternate years) 385 PREHISTORIC AND ANCIENT ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. (Offered 1 9 8 0 8 1) 386 MEDIEVAL ART 360 DRAWING AND WATER-COLOR PAINTING Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. (Offered 1979-80) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture in drawing and transparent water-color (Prereq.: 1 0 7. Offered alternate years. Fall, 1978) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from the early Renaissance through the 18th century. (Offered 1 9 78-79) 368 PRINT MAKING II 388 19th AND 20th CENTURY ART Advanced work in various media, including silkscreen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Offered 1 9 78- 79) 387 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART 389 AMERICAN ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 and alternate years.) Department of Biology Chairman: Ralph Sulerud MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 11 1, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group I); 355, 473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121, 122); Physics 1 21 , 122 also required. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following five groups: 351, 353 (Group I); 355, 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What iniluence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 10 1 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 1 0 1 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 108 MICROBIOLOGY MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1, 112 and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Fall, 1 9 79. Offered alternate years). 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Spring) A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 1 9 7 8 . Offered alternate years). 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 ; Chemistry 1 0 6 or 1 16; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Fall) 355 GENETICS 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring) A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2; Chemistry 2 2 3 or 3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71 and 4 76). 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 3 6 7 or #. Fall) 481 ECOLOGY A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.; 1 12, 3 6 1, or #. Spring) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in bklogy) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 1 12, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Chairman: Edward M. Sabella comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Business Administration C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the MathematicsPhysics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning on careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122, 123, 251 and one additional course selected from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least five upper division courses are required. (392 is strongly recommended.) In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101 , 102, and one of 261 , 373, 379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 10 1. Fall, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code, (Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics.(fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: 101, 102. Spring) 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm: sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102. Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102, Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262. Spring) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY AND CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261, Spring) The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 1 0 1, 102. Spring. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 483 AUDITING Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq: 263. Fall) 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other courses including Business Education 108, 121, 350 and 353. Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fa//) TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM Spring. Offered alternate years) If a student desires a two-year secretarial program, a certificate will be awarded upon 295, 495 TOPICS completion of the following: Business Education Lectures, discussions, meetings with members 108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research Business Administration 101, 102, 131 and methodology and readings in the areas of Economics 120. A student in the two-year program must select six courses from the Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand) general education requirements. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. 101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING (No Credit) Business Education NOTE: The major in Business Education is being phased out, effective 1979-80. A limited number of courses will be offered in 1978-79. See class schedule for courses offered. MAJOR: 1 2-1 4 Courses. CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration 101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school typewriting or equivalent required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are recommended. ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Administration 262, 263, and Business Education 108. ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392. SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 221, 350, and 353. OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business Education 108, 350, and English 21 9. MINOR: Five courses in Business Education. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not available to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. 108 CALCULATING MACHINES Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary, printing and electronic calculators. 110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY Operation of transcription machines, filing and records management, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling of office duties. 221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Development of speed in transcribing material dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a minute. (Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school.) 350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING Development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. (Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.) 379. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. 353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand systems may enroll for rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 221 or equivalent.) 364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS Communication in the office through use of telephone, telegram, and writing of business letters, memorandums, manuals and reports. COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one other course from economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one other course from business administration offerings also required. In addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. MINOR: 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #.) 460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT Problems relating to supervision and management in the business office, selection and training of employees; and human relations within the office. 465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING Principles of marketing with emphasis on distribution and the role of the consumer in the marketing process. Materials and methods in teaching of basic business subjects and projects in marketing. Economics MAJOR IN ECONOMICS: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other courses of economics offerings. Business Administration 101, 102, 379, also required. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other course from economics offerings. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc, Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the abovementioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in either Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than 120. 122 and 123 are also open to non-majors. (Fall, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY AND BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 250 DATA PROCESSING 453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics.(Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fa4 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Analysis of labor markets; determination of wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention paid to the economic problems of minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring) 454 WELFARE ECONOMICS Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY See under Department of Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.(Prereq.:#. Fall, Spring) Department of Chemistry - - Chairman: Earl Alton approved research; participation in seminar. GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115, 116 (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121, 122, and Mathematics 124, 125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 1 16; 223 and 351, 352. AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 124, 125 (which should be taken during the freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required. MINOR: 5 courses which must include 11 5, 116 (or 105, 106) and 3 additional courses in chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or #. Fall) 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 1 16; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the graduation major except that it is suggested that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester devoted to fundamental principles; and second to inorganic chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 1 15, Fall; 1 16, Spring) PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY I DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of Designed for nurses in the degree program, medical technologists and others in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either of two-term organic course or the one-term biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour bctures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105 or 1 15. Spring) 351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactior mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 3 5 1, Fall; 3 5 2 , Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 12 1, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq: 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq: 362 or #. Spring) 483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules, Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing) East Asian Studies Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen MAJOR CONCENTRATION: A major concentration plan is constructed for each student with the advice and assistance of his or her adviser. A major plan normally consists of ten to twelve courses distributed under one of the following general categories: East Asian Culture Two language courses including one year of Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history courses; four to six courses in cultural - specialization andlor comparative studies; two or more independent study andlor seminar courses. East Aslan Language and Culture At least four language courses (a two-year concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is encouraged; however, one year of each language is acceptable); two introductory history courses; two to four courses in cultural specialization andlor comparative studies; and two or more independent study andlor seminar courses. - Department of Education Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton I I Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered in the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll in other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted to the teachereducation program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff, Coordinator Requirements for the major and for licensure in Elementary Education: 1. A minimum of 8 education courses to include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361, 362, 371, 372; and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 1 14 and 1 15. 3. Library Science 358. 4. An academic minor. An academic major is recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement.) Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372. Early Childhood Education Steve Reuter. Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for elementary education plus the following courses: SOC.231 Psych. 351 Ed. 325 Ed. 425 Ed. 484 Sociology of the Family Developmental Psychology: Child Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Early Childhood Curriculum Student Teaching (160 hours) For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN URBAN SETTING (Elementary) 362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES Identification and mastery of competencies necessary for teaching in the elementary school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms (Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary education. Spring) 372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM Examination and preparation of materials and resources for each of the subject areas taught at the elementary level. Application of teacher competencies to various subject areas of the elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring) 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of hislher life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center andlor nursery school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #. Fall) (See Secondary Education) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL (See Library Science) 425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions, and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the Department of Education and/or #. Spring) Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. 2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in the student's academic major and 2.0 overall. 3. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. 4. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement). 5. Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psych. 105; Health Educ. 1 15; Educ. 265, 359, 478; a minimum of one-half course in special methods in the area of the student's major, and a minimum of two courses in Student Teaching. 481. 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Experience in observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 351, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 371, 372. Fall, Spring) Electives 483 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 48 1, 482. Fall, Spring) 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Refinement of teaching skills at elementary level. Additional teaching experience in the classroom. (Prereq.: 481, 4 8 2 and 483. Offered on demand) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education, worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Secondary Education (teacher licensure program) Einar Johnson, Coordinator It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education will take one full course in special methods and three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching in Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major in a teaching area 3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement) 4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg courses H.Ed. 115.) 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. General Information: 1 . For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them to teach in their area in all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for Educ. 361 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major in Music for Educ. 373. 2. For social studies licensure: The program leading to licensure in this area is being revised to conform to new state guidelines. See Einar Johnson for further information. 3. The professional term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with School and Society in one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect to take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING (Secondary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall, Spring) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY EDUCATION (1/2 course) Teaching procedures, materials and projects. With this general methodology course, must be taken one or more of the following education courses in special methods from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ. 265 and admission into the secondary education program) Special Methods Courses (1/2 to 1 course) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 360 American Studies Methods l/2 course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) % course (Fall) 363 Business Methods % course (Spring) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) l/2 course 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods l/2 course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 41 0 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 41 0, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristics of different kinds of learning problems found in regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given to procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fall) media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teachingllearning situations. (Fall) 478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall, Spring) 480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING Students will be placed in a classroom for full days. Opportunities are provided for experience in observing and directing learning experiences on the secondary school level under the supervision of college and htgh school personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis dur~ngthe student teaching experience (Pmreq: senior standing and completion of teacher aide work and human relations elements of Education courses 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 . Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY lndependent study and research on a topic of interest in the field of education worked out in consultation with a faculty member. (Open to juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring) Library Science Patricia Parker, Coordinator 1 I I I ,( MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the 359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Earl Alton: Adviser Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 11 5, 116; Computer Science 245; English 11 1 ; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged. Department of English Chairmen: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 I ) , including one course in American literature, one course in the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336, 337, or 423). All majors must take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction to Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department. MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: Engllsh: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and 320. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance In addition to field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, to be arranged through the department chairman. Students interested in a teaching major are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses of study with the department chairman, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all; submit program to department chairman early in senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses, special courses, and courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 11 1 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructors. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 I ) , including one course in British literature, and either 21 9 or 320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9 and 320. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The three most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, and a world literature concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 41 2, 41 6; English 271, 331, 332, 336, 337, 367, 368, 423, 438 and sometimes 282, 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of the courses listed under the American Studies major which are selected from the offerings of several departments at Augsburg. The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. (Fall, Spring) 21 9 ADVANCED WRITING A course designed to develop advanced skills in a variety of writing specializations. The focus of each course will shift from term to term, e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920 WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION. Select from: History 102, 360, 361 ; Philosophy 110 , 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352; English 241, 261, 271, 272, 423, and sometimes 282, 490, 491. Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) 261 MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER TO DANTE 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period. (Spring) 320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. (Offered on demand) 331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama will be examined. (Alternate years, 1 9 78-79) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) 367 MODERN POETRY Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. Discussion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. 368 MODERN DRAMA Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. (Alternate years, 1 9 78- 7 9 ) 332 MILTON AND HIS AGE 388 LITERARY CRITICISM A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 79-80) A course designed to introduce students to the various ways in which modern literary critics have approached the problem of analyzing and evaluating literature. Students wil study the works of historical, psychological, textual, and archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply such approaches to selected works of literature. (Offered on demand) 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult the Department Chairman or the Internship Director. 423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century .as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1 9 7 8 79) 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairman. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring) Department of Foreign Languages Chairman: Gunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 21 1, 21 2 meet useable skill levels. Course 31 1 is prerequisite to all upper division courses. See department faculty for career information Language majors must consult with department for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint fivecollege offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairman for details. Chinese 21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Several modern literary works are explored with the goals of communicating ideas and building sufficient reading skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes the review of basic structures and more complex forms. Laboratory work. (Spring) French MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: 31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 11 1 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through a core of twentieth century French literary readings and a grammar review, this course moves toward expressing opinions and greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall 1978) 31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials In French. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring 1979) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas, cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Alternate years. Spring 1 9 79) 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT a A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre in theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 452 FRENCH DRAMA A study of French plays that shows the evolution of this genre from classical forms to Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group and individualized study of major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq. : 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On demand) 354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS 495 FRENCH SEMINAR A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Offered alternate years) Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, Romanticism). Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq: 352, 3 5 4 or 355. Offered on demand) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. alternate years. Prereq: 3 1 1 or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1 and 41 1. interim and/or summer in Germany strongly recommended. 31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. lntenslve practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition, (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods in Modern Languages for teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112, BEGINNING GERMAN Course 11 1 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 11 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (1 11, Fall; 11 2, Spring) 21 1,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (21 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to the major or minor in German. The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1 643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 79 and alternate years) 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In . Spring 19 78) German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th CENTURY Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 Or #.) 41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years) 451 GERMAN PROSE Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I.) 452 GERMAN DRAMA Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Greek See instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion of vocabulary and development of reading skills through selections from the New Testament and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers, historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 112 or #. Fall) Japanese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry into the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 , and two of 331, 350, 353, 41 1 ; plus one course under Scandinavian Area Studies. For the teaching minor: 31 1, 331, 353, 41 1 plus required education courses, including special methods. 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78) 11 1, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading .and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring) 21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 11 2 or equivalent. Fall) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 21 1 or equivalent. Spring) 353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 2 1 1 or equivalent. Spring, 1 9 79. Alternate years) 41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years.) Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 31 1, 41 1 , 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 31 1, 331 or 332, and one course in literature. (Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 11 1, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring) 31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years) 21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1, Fall; 2 12, Spring) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Colombian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or 2 12, with #. Spring 1 9 79) 249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION 350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature in Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered 1 9 76-77 and 1 9 77-78) 31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, II Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all upperdivision courses. (Prereq.: 2 12 or equivalent. Fall) A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or 1.352, Fall, 1978; 353, Fall, 1 9 79) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered 1 9 7 7 and on demand) 41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH DRAMA Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. On demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Department of History Chairman: Richard Nelson MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. 101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the 1200s. (Fall, Spring) 102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE MODERN WORLD A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877 Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken in seauence. A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Fall) 332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA HISTORY I A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Spring) I 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 338 B.C. I I The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. (Spring 1978-79) 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 ) 370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. (Spring, 1980-8 1) 399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring in history. See department chairman 41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714 A study of English history from Roman Britain through the Stuart period. An attempt is made to structure the course so that it may serve the needs of those majoring in a pre-law program, in English literature or in history. (Fall) 416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1 560-1 71 4. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel. (Spring) 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. (Spring 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) 463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 1 9 7 9 80) 464 MODERN CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall) 465 MODERN JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 1 9 7 8 79) 474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. (Spring 1 9 79-80) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply to individual instructors for permission to register for directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major. Geography 114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. (Fall 1 9 7 8 and alternate years) Department of Mathematics Chairman: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5, 224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics; 3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted to department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study in areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 1 2 4 may not register for credit. (Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 31 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq: 2 15. Fall) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (1 24, Fall; 125, Spring; 2 2 4 , Fall) 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq: 224. 3 2 4 , Spring; 325, Fall) An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 351 MODERN GEOMETRY 21 1 NUMBER THEORY 373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq: #) An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq: 224. Fall) 21 5 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq: 224. Spring) A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq: 122 or 125. Spring, 1980. Offered alternate years) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq: 3 14, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 19 79. Offered alternate years) 245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq: 3 14, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science 145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 2 4 5 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Hennepin County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the students plan to affiliate. It is important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Required science courses: 1) Biology: 1 11, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223 (or 351, 352), 353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121, 122); one math course. Students transferring to Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary) Director: Joel S. Torstenson MAJOR: 1 5 courses including the following core requirements: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 11 1 , 362, 363, 381, and 383; plus a minimum of one course of internship or independent study. visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP The following electives are suggested for completing the major: Art 102; Biology I01 ; Computer Science 245; Education 478; English 351 ; History 431 ; Religion 360; Speech 342; others, including interims, internships, and independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges by approval of the director and the Urban Studies faculty. Each student's major program must be approved by the director. MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required for the Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 11 1 ; Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship andlor independent study. Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library andlor field research related to subjects of seminars andlor major academic interests. B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: TWIN CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION IN LATIN AMERICA Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Colombian urbanists. 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY In consultation with SAUS faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Department of Music Chairman: Robed Karle'n Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made no later than the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, pass a piano proficiency test, perform in a music organization for 2 years, participate in Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music re~ertoiretests. MAJOR: 1 2 courses including Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; and 4 years of Performance Studies. TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses including Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457, 458; two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; and education courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: 1 3 courses including Core Curriculum plus 350, two of 354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or other elective; and 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies including at least one term of voice; Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 11 1, 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective in speech (1 16 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need to apply for internship sites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota is limited, students may need to seek out-of-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student is eligible to apply for certificationlregistration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies and 1 year in a music organization; piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests. Attendance at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing to minor in Music must declare their intent not later than the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. I HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors in music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation andlor promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, is given required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a Music major must, before registration and acceptance into the major program, ( I ) take a placement test in music theory, and (2) sing or play representative pieces recently studied in his or her area of applied music concentration. This may be done immediately before registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer students must pass the Piano Proficiency test by the end of their first semester at Augsburg. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than sequentially. (10 1 , 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras, (Spring) Works of 20th Century composers will be chosen according to instrumentation and abilities represented by the class, so that indepth analysis can prepare for performance. An evaluation will be made of each composition studied with regard to its significance and relationship to the total output of that composer. (Prereq: 224. Spring. Alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING 458 Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 476 ORCHESTRATION The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Alternate years) 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. (Alternate years) 488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniaues for teachina ~ i a n oStudents . will give individual lessons-to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students up0n Of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Music Therapy Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of the music of our time. 110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions. This will be an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores who may be considering music therapy as a major. This course will give the students a broad background in the many and varied ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq: 3 9 5 ) 495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. Recitals, Lessons, Organizations 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings. (Fall) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq: 3 8 2 ) 395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC IN THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) PERFORMANCE STUDIES Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. For statement of fees, see under Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Piano Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those lessons in piano taken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. Organ Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, String Instruments, Percussion Instruments Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year required of participants. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) Choir Membership by audition and restricted to 65 singers. Concert Band Membership by audition. Orchestra Membership by audition. Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwlnd Ensemble. Membership by audition or consent of director. Natural Science NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 79. Students now entering college should be alert for changes in requirements after July 1, 19 79). MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry or physics. In biology, the required courses are 11 1, 112. The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from the upper division offerings. In chemistry, 105, 106, or (1 15, 11 6), and 353 are required. In order to complete the total of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351 and 361. In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are required; and any 3 additional courses may be selected. In physics, courses 121, 122, 245 are required; two additional courses to be chosen after consultation with a member of the Physics Department. Early consultation with adviser is recommended. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical Students. This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission to most medical schools (including the University of Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully keeping in mind the specific requirements of the medical schools to which he or she intends to apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser is recommended. MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 11 1, 112, 491 or 492, and 2 upper division biology courses; Chemistry 115, 116 or (1 05, 106), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124 and 125; and Physics 121, 122. Department of Nursing Chairman: Donna Peterson Augsburg offers a second-step program in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in nursing. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or a diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy and physiology, and microbiology at accredited institutions of higher education. These courses may be taken at Augsburg prior to admission into the nursing program. Nurses who have not been actively engaged in the practice of nursing for five years must take a refresher course prior to acceptance into the program. Courses in introductory psychology, introductory sociology, English composition, and organic chemistry are also required for the major. Students may take these courses at Augsburg during their first year in the program or they may take CLEP examinations to validate credits. MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing including 301, 302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and two of the following: 420, 421 ; or 425, 426. Speech 354, Interpersonal Communication is highly recommended. The required courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward the major. 311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Lecture, laboratory course which is an extension of Nursing 31 0. 320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP IN NURSING A course designed to investigate the current leadership responsibilities of the professional nurse and the trends and issues evolving in contemporary nursing practice. 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the development of skills in comprehensive history taking and physical examination which assist the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families. 350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING RESEARCH Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic research as applied to nursing. Students are involved in designing, implementing, and evaluating research projects. 301, 302, 401, 402 NURSING SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV 420, 421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC NURSING Discussions designed to facilitate the student's progress throughout the nursing program and to assist in career-goal attainment. One course credit granted on completion of all four seminars. PIN grading only. Seminarllaboratory courses in which the student explores in depth a chosen area of study and develops expertise in the selected area of practice. Opportunities are available which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop behavioral objectives, select learning experiences, and work cooperatively and collaboratively with preceptor, instructor, agencies and clientslfamilies in initiating complex nursing care. (Prereq: 3 10, 3 1 1 , 320, and 325). 310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I Lecture courses which focus on the investigation and application of the concepts and principles of health promotion, health maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and rehabilitation to nurse-ciientlfamily relationships in the community setting. Emphasis is placed on involving the student in health teaching and counseling activities with individuals and families. 425, 426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING For course description see 420, 421. Department of Philosophy Chairman: Kenneth Bailey 130 LOGIC MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343. and 344. Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Do you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring) MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344. HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS AND METHOD Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. The major function of the course is to enable you to develop the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring) 343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall) 344 HI,STORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV: CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring) constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Fall, 1 9 78) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 380 MEDICAL ETHICS What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Is man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Spring, 19 79) Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of medical care and delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for the dying and euthanasia. 430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1978) Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 24 1, 242, 3 4 3 , or #.) 360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 440 THEORY OF BEING Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What is language? Could an ir~dividualbe fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language? Is it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand? We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Fall, 1 9 78) Being is the most important concept which philosophy investigates. This course studies some of the perennial theories of metaphysics along with some modern applications of these theories. Students will have the opportunity to read and discuss primary texts as well as contemporary articles dealing with metaphysics. (Prereq: one prior course in philosophy) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY 365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What 450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art, philosophy of literature, philosophy of history, philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture, political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1, 242, 343, or #.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Department of Physical Education and Health Education Chairman: Ernest Anderson Physical Education PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: H.Ed. 11 4, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 1 15, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 485, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy Major must be secured from the Coordinator of Corrective Therapy. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 485, 491 ; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243. COACHING ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 11 4, 115; P.E. 243, 350, 351, 475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 223 TEAM SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (Interim) 243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq: Biology 103; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied fo exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL '12 course 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairman 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING ' Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS AND SWIMMING Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pretest or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES % course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALLISOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq: 350, 35 1; H. Ed. 355. Summer School only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation required. Includes actual hospital experience in the following four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq: 485, 491, and approval of department) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. C . Health Education 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: I 10, 1 1 4 , 1 1 5 , 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241. Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5, 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241 ; Educ. 265, 478, 480, 481, 482. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5; Biol. 103, 11 I . 110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD % course Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P. E. 350. Spring) 355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT % course 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 41 0 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION % course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abused. (Fall, Spring) Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationship to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq: 320.) Department of Physics Chairman: Kenneth Erickson MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. MINOR: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hour laboratory. Prereq: Elem. algebra. Fali) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 12 1, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C, and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq: 122 or 103 plus Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using the complex expression for a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 351, 352 MECHANICS I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 35 1, Fall; 352, Spring) 362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the areas of mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq: Junior standing. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 3 5 1 . Spring) 486 QUANTUM MECHANICS A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 3 5 1, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Department of Political Science Chairman: Norma Noonan MAJOR: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. MINOR: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 areas*. HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 over-all. The student must take an Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. * The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.) General Education Any course may be taken to fulfill the general education requirements but especially appropriate are Political Science 121, 122, 158, 160 or 170. The Urban requirement may be filled by Political Science 122, 342 or by an Internship, Interim, lndependent Study, or Seminar on an urban-related topic. Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairman or the Social Studies Education adviser. opinion research and political public relations. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II For precise listing of terms in which courses are offered, see the Class Schedule (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description) I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES I Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 1 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation. promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or #) The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years). I I 351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS 326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #) The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the lectoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term of election years.) (See Section V for description) 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY 459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including public Indepth study of elite andlor mass participation in the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq: One course in Political Science or I.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism in foreign policy. 363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Commurlist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #.) 461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq: 1 70 or #. Offered alternate years.) (See Section I1 for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or # .) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq: One course in Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, including communications theory, simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science. (Prereq: Social Statistics; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. - - 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR determine project. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 495 SEMINAR 299 DIRECTED STUDY Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq. #) Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairman or Internship Director to 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) - - Department of Psychology Chairman: Norman Ferguson MAJOR: 10 courses. Supporting courses from other departments will also be required; Physics 103 is one of the required courses. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the psychology department and approved by the department chairman. Required courses include 105, 264, 265 and 493. Additional courses to include in preparation for graduate study are 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one course in Personality or Developmental Psychology. The major program should include 105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is recommended. The overall plan will be directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational, and professional interests and goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. The plan, which may indicate one or more electives in psychology, should be completed early in the sequence of psychology courses. Completion of a written plan later than the beginning of the junior year may delay graduation; early planning is recommended. Not more than a total of two courses from among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted toward the minimum ten courses required for a psychology major. It should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement; the student may actually take more such courses. It is recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from among the following departments: Biology, Mathematics, and Computer Science. It is recommended that students interested in physiological psychology, comparative psychology, psychological measurement, or experimental psychology include at least three of these courses in their psychology major program. MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may be counted toward the minor. HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average over-all, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairman for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY Methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior, and research procedures associated with the study of behavior. A structure of the field of psychology including psychological principles in major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring) A survey of the physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for behavior in animals and humans. Lecture and laboratory regarding the fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions of the central nervous system with environmental events including the effects of drugs on behavior. (Prereq: 105 and one course in biology; two courses in biology are recommended. Fall) 264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Experimental Psychology I may be taken for credit without continuing in Experimental Psychology II. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR A broad-based approach to the study of behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide variety of species from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be placed upon studying animals in their natural habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns which have evolved through interacting with the environment. Major topics will include behavioral evolution, behavioral development, and social behavior in both animals and humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 LEARNING Analysis of behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation, and environmental factors in the learning process. (Prereq.: 1.05. Fall, Spring) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality, and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 361 PERSONALITY 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT AND ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of persons in the adolescent and adult periods of life (Prereq.: 35 1. Spring) Dynamics of personality with emphasis on behavior that customarily is included in the normal range. Includes consideration of theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS Sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in behavior disorders. Consideration of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or 3 6 1 . Spring) 371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE AND MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq: 105 or #.) theoretical positions. Concentration on the development of American psychology. (Prereq: 2 courses. Offered alternate years) 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Dynamics of organizing large groups of individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams. Study of policies and procedures aimed at utilizing and perpetrating individuality; exploration of approaches to selecting and developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 399 INTERNSHIP Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 481 HISTORY AND THEORY History of psychological viewpoints and Study of selected areas and topics within psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq: 105 and #. Fall, Spring) 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary professional and societal issues. Consideration of the approaches and methods of behavioral science in relation to the study of such issues. (Prereq: 5 courses. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Student must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Department of Religion Religion 1 1 1 or 221 are prerequisite to all other courses. major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471 -475. MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 356, 481 and also including a seminar especially for majors to be taken in the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and a colloquium with the department. Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted to the minor. In order to prepare for teaching about religion in public schools the student should work closely with the Religion Department in designing a program which includes: (a) a major in an academic field which is certifiable for elementary or secondary school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with courses 356, 360, 363, 471, and 355. The Minnesota State Department of Education does not at this time grant licensure for a Religion major or minor. 111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY An examination of the social sources and structure of religious beliefs and practices. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems, and to an exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. 361 CHURCH FATHERS 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES See under Department of Philosophy. A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. 353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS IN AMERICA 362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 354 LIFE AND WORK OF THE CHURCH Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 1 9 7 7-78) 363 RELIGION IN AMERICA The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) 350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. 380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 ) (See under Department of Music) 471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring) 473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) Russian Area Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers in areas such as government, international business, or teaching. The Major consists of 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses in Russian history 1 course in Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course in Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scmdinavim Area Studies Director: Mildred Joel 331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT IN AMERICAN HISTORY MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. MINOR: 4 upper division courses. All programs must contain four courses listed in the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian Language Department or subdepartment regardless of their content which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level study of a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses listed under Department of Foreign Languages. 255, 355 OIL AND NORWAY: MUTUAL IMPACT An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics and economy of Norway and, conversely, of Norwegian political perspectives and institutions upon the development and use of this recently discovered resource. (Interim, 1 9 7 8 ) 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 78) 331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN EXPERIENCE The Old World background and use of "America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land; aspects of Norwegian-American culture. (Offered 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 ) How did the Old Stock American host society receive the waves of new comers to the U.S. in the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the immigrants respond to the reception? Through case studies, selected readings, class lecture, and discussions, this course examines the encounter of the new American culture with the older European cultures. (Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 ) 345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE Concentrates on the immigrant experience in the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota, especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish and Icelandic communities in Minnesota. (Offered 1 9 7 4 - 7 5 , soliciting students from the community on a non-credit basis, as well as regular college students either on an audit or credit basis.) 351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1 9 7 8 ) 352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 1979) See description under Department of Art. 360 EDDA AND SAGA 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of early Scandinavia, including Snorre's Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas. Comparative study of Beowulf, the Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland. Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology and other topics. Taught in English. Counts toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when readings and papers are done in a Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 1 9 7 5 ) Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. (1977-78). 482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC See description under Department of Music. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON EXPERIENCE Offered under Department of History. (1 974-75). 373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies. In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquisl MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching in social studies. The requirements for licensure are in the process of being changed. For those graduating after July I , 1979 a new "competency based" program will be in effect. See Department of Education for further details. The Social Science major is also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned in any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. A. History Emphasis 7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of these courses must be upper division. 2 courses in political science 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 - Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: geography, anthropology, economics, sociology, psychology B. Behavioral Science Emphasis 14 courses from the following disciplines: economics, history, political science, pyschology, sociology (including anthropology); at least 5 courses must be upper division. Included in this requirement are the following: ( I ) at least 2 courses fr.om each of 3 of the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th discipline excluding history. (2) 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 (3) 1 course in American history C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis Hist. 103 - The Modern World 1 course in the methodology of the social sciences selected from the following: Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365 12 courses in non-Western studies, selected from the following, with at least four disciplines represented. Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic. Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant t o ~ i c . Econ. 122, 258. Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104; Econ. 122 4th term of college work in a modern foreign language. 2) Required: upper division Pol. Sci. 363, 461 ; Hist. 332. 3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this list. No more than five from any one discipline. Pol. Sci. 350, 351, 380, 381, 382; political science seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant to~ic Hist. 41 6, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474; history seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic Econ. 251, 258, 495; economics independent study or interim course on a relevant topic Sociology 241 4th term of college work in a second modern foreign language. Sociology 241 Religion 356 Philosophy 355 D. International Relations Emphasis 1) Required: lower division Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from each of five disciplines, selected from the following: anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. The selection of courses must be approved by one of the faculty supervising the social science major. Department of Sociology Chairman: G. Nelson MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375 and 485, Completion of Graduate Record Examination in sociology. (Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology.) This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairman concerning areas of concentration. MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above). HONORS MAJOR: The student must :~ave a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairman before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a candidate if helshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 11 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS See under Department of Religion. 360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element in the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq: Soc. 362 or #. Spring.) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS AND PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing eqiriprnent for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially .experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq: 1 2 1. Fall) relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic Interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 and Psych 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city in history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq: 11 1 or 1 2 1 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq: Soc. 121. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairman or Internship Director for details. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq: 1 2 1 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Department of Social Work Chairman: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for students preparing for social work practice is the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor of Arts degree should be chosen only if the student is not interested in a professional social work position. Core program consists of Psych. 105, and either Psych. 351 and 352, or Soc. 375; Soc. 121, 231, 365, and 383; and Social Work 257 (optional and if available), 361, 363, 461, 463, 465 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR; Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. 121 or 122 or 325 or 326; Psych. 362. MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose the BA program unless there are definite plans not to enter social work practice after graduation. The core program consists of the same courses as specified for the BS except that Sociology 231 is not required and only one of Social Work 461 or 463 is required. Students may take a second major, but cannot take a Social Work Specialization. SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED FOR PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY IN SOCIAL WORK: Broad preparation in all areas of social science with at least one course in each social science is recommended if graduate training in social work is considered. The following are highly recommended: Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. (one or more) 121, 122, 158, 325, and 326; Psych. 361 and 362; and Soc. 241, 373, and 375. SPECIALIZATIONS: Specialization may be taken in the BS major. Specializations in Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections, and Youth are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of dysfunctional and programmatic aspects of the special area, plus field work assignments in the senior year. Completion of a specialization sequence will be noted on the student's transcript. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim) 361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in the U.S. and the role of social work in them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of the various programs and services of the welfare system; the profession of social work; exploration into the future of welfare. Three class periods per week plus special assigned work. (Prereq: Junior, or #. Fall) 363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions or small group discussions per week plus 10 hours of field experience per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , Junior. Spring) 461 ADVANCED METHODS AND SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK Refinement of practice skills in direct service social work through field practice, seminar analysis, and regular class work. Examination of the alternatives, modes and submethods in social work. Some emphasis upon development of an eclectic practice style. Attention to professionalism and futurism in social work. 1 0 hours of field experience per week. (Prereq.: 363 or #. Fall) 463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 465 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL WELFARE Seminars consisting of an introduction to social policy formulation and analysis associated with the delivery of services in selected areas of social work practice. Examination of the development and impact of policy in such areas as mental retardation, chemical dependency, youth, aging, and public welfare and social security. Field experience of 10 hours per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , 4 6 3 , and senior or #. Interim) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS A PROFESSIONAL Futurism in social work; professional education; application of ethics and all professional principles to practice. Field assignment of 1 0 hours per week as a professional social worker. (Prereq.: 461, Spring) Department of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Chairman: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPAof 3.25 in the major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Communication Arts COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses, including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 21 9. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111 ; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 11 1 or 241, 375. Typing ability required. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairman or the Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 11 1, Psychology 105, Sociology 11 1, and Philosophy 130. MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 11 1, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 11 1 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation in forensics. 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. (Fall, Spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art. 219 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English. 225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II See under Department of Art. 241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART See under Department of English COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses. 242 FILM-MAKING SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved by department. See under Department of Art. 243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION 480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION An introduction to commercial television with an emphasis on the director:^ role; some emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall, Spring) Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION See under Department of Political Science. Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) 351 ARGUMENTATION Theater Arts 342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. ( S ~ r iinns) 355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology I 399 INTERNSHIP THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, including: 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 360, 361, 366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in dramatic literature may be counted toward a theater arts major. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Freshmen planning to major in theater arts should take courses 111, 1 16, and 228. Experience requirement for theater arts major: Experience is required in four out of the five following areas: acting, set construction and painting, lighting and sound, costume, house management. Majors should take part in dramatic productions during all four years. THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor in English. THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING: courses 11 1, 228, 232, 361, 366, one of the following: 241, 243, 476, and participation in dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including: 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. Consult the Department Chairman for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring) SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 12 courses. 11 1, 228, 232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor in English. 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 361 THEATER HISTORY Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for elementary and secondary school teachers and recreation leaders. (Fall) An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall) 228 STAGECRAFT Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore year. (Laboratory fee $20. Fall) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 366 STAGE DIRECTION Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. Open to upperdivision students only. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Department Chairman for details. 467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. (Prereq: 228 or #. Spring) 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (fall) Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar); c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Total Student Enrollment Academic Year, 1976-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,821 Summer Session, 1977. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,314 Summary of Graduates Graduates,1870-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,675 Graduates, 1977 (August 31,1976-May 22,1977). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6 Faculty RUTH L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND AGRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairman LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARGARET ANDERSON, Acting Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota. OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairman *JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972, University of Minnesota KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion *MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota 'ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Percussion) JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota *ANNE BOLLATI, lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota (Spanish) *RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *DANIEL G. BRICK, lnstructor in Business Administration JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble) CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English and Director of Summer School, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMIN G. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University *LIV DAHL, Adjunct lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke University *DAVID DOMAAS, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1977, Augsburg College *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech & Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairman GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music MARK J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College 'KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairman *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach *DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar) SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairman HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Planning and Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University Minnesota *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University MARK L. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota *STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Speech and Communications *ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women "JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University of Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary *KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA L. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman GARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) *KENNETH HOLMEN, Instructor in Biology, B.A. 1974, Augsburg College JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota *WILLIAM IACONO, Lecturer in Psychology, B.S. 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities, M.S. 1975, St. Cloud State University (Head Basketball Coach) *I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies Program, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *JAMES ROBERT JOHNSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech and Theater Arts, B.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) *NORMA KNUTSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Religion, M.A. Columbia University *ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn) BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LaFAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University0 f Minnesota PAMELA S. LARSON, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota *GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), B.A. 1971, Augsburg College LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *EDWARD McGAA, Adjunct lnstructor in American Studies *MARIE McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, E.D. 1967, University of Nebraska DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ, Piano) ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1971, University of Wisconsin JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor in Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach) GORDON L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairman RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman *CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-chairman *GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, Yniversity of Minnesota (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairman *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University PATRICIA O'KANE, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1971, Emory University DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University RICHARD D. OLMSTED, lnstructor in Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota 'WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota *PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin, On Leave 1977-78 *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairman *DOUGLAS PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL W. PETERSON, lnstructor in Physics, B.A. 1973, Augsburg College *DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1968, University of Cincinnati, Department Chairman LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary, Department Chairman R BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska *JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairman *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art (Film Making) EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-chairman LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D.Mus. 1965 Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir) EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M. Mus. Ed. 1963, Mac Phail School of Music IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota, On Leave 1977-78 DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech *R. JOHN SINGH, lnstructor in Religion, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany) *DANA SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), 6. M. 1975, Augsburg College *EMMA SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) *GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass) *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work) DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department Chairman *DEBORAH S. SWANSON, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1974, Augustana College *MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota *PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department Chairman NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, On Leave 1977-78 JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Metro-Urban Studies) *GERALD VIZENOR, Instructor in American Studies, B.A. 1960, University of Minnesota *MARY JO WAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *DEBRA A. WILSON, Women's Tennis Coach *MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Flute), B.A. 1938, Macalester College DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *Indicates part-time ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson Director of Planning and Facility Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . Burton P. Fosse College Pastor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Okerson FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT Acting Vice President for Finance and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services and Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carl Stromer Director of Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko . . Gores Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Robert Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Charles Gerster Manager, College Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred Nelson Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Therese Morrison Manager, Ice Arena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Carey Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Easley ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . Charles S. Anderson Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis . Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BeverlyWegge Head Librarian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie . Sibley . Olson Director of Audio Visual Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Louise McColl Fine Arts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cynthia . Mandl .. Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borghild Estness Assistant Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamela . Louisa Executive Secretary to the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roberta . Henke DEVELOPMENT Vice President for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glen W. Johnson Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sigvald Hjelmeland Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeroy Carlson Director of Annual Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Michael Walgren Assistant to Vice President for Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. B. Batalden . Executive Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS C. Boatman . Director of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anthony Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stella . Rosenquist Mattos Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patricia . ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel Director of Transfer Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jennifer . Edwins Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.. . , . . . , . . Kathryn Lange Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William Ross Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . , . , . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leslie Samuelson Larson a STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni Dlrector of Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linda Schrempp M. Olsson Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Patricia . . . Slater Director of Student Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joan Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder Head Resident, Mortensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Voelker Director of Human Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Judy Essman Director of Academic Achievement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Phyllis Miller . Head Resident, Urness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janet Grant Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JanSollon Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JoelMugge . Index Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 . AcademicLife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. . . Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-22 . Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 . American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 . Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 .. Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 . Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. . Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 . Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 . Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. . Chemistry. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 . Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 .. . Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 . Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). . . . . . . . . 15 Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 . . 80 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ... Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Course Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 .. Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 .. Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7 Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 .. Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 .. . East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 . Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. . . 56 English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 .. Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10) . Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 .. Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I02 .. Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 . Five College Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 .. Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 French 60 . Foreign Language. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Full-Time Student Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 . General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. 35 .. Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 .. . Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 . Graduates. Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Graduation With Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 .. Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 .. Health Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .. . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Inter-Institutional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Intercollegiate Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Internship Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 .. Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 .. Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 . Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.70 Metro-Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 . Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Nature and Objectives of Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 . Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 New Dimensions Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 .. Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Personnel of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10 .. Pre-Professional Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 . .. Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00 Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 . Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 ..1 Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Psychology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ... Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Religious Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ... Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 . Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 .. Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Social Work. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 . Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 .. . Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 . . Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 . Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Symbol(#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 . .. Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . Transdisciplinary Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Transfer to Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 . TuitionandFees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 .. Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Visiting the Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Academic Calendar For 1978-79 (Tentative: Subject to Change) Fall Semester 1978 Sept. 5-6 Sept. 7 Sept. 20 Oct. 23 Nov. 22 Nov. 22 NOV.23-26 Nov. 27 Dec. 13 Dec. 16-20 Dec. 20-Jan. Registration and Welcome Days Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Mid-term Break Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes Close at End of Day Thanksgiving Holidays Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Christmas Holidays Interim 1979 Jan, 3 Jan, 26 Jan. 31 lnterim Begins Interim Ends Confirmation of Spring Registration Spring Semester 1979 Feb. 1 Feb. 14 Apr. 6 Apr. 7-1 5 Apr. 16 Apr. 20 May 11 May 14-17 May 20 Classes Begin Last Day for Adding Classes Classes Close at End of Day Easter Holidays Classes Resume Last Day for Cancelling Classes Classes End Final Examinations Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
Title
Augsburg College Catalog, 1964-1966
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE profile Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields, Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. Development: A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1964-65 . . . . . Freshman Days Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.) ........ Late registration fee 1 ..................Homecoming OCTOBER T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 23 30 31 S M S M Sept. 16 (Wed.) Oct. 29-Nov. Nov. 12 (Thurs.) ... End first half Thanksgiving recess Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) ................... Christmas Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.) recess begins ..... Classes resume . . Final examinations ......... Jan. 26 (Tues.) F S F 4 11 18 25 S 5 12 19 26 F S of Semester Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.) ....................... NOVEMBER T W T DECEMBER T W T 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 ~ S M S M JANUARY T W T 1 7 First Semester ends S M FEBRUARY T W T F S S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S M T MAY W T F S Spring Semester 1965 .................. Registration Feb. 2 (Tues.) Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.) Feb. 3 (Wed.) ....... Classes begin .......... Late Mar. 30 (Tues.) ... registration fee End first half of Semester April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) ....................... Easter recess begins April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends May 19 (Wed.) May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.) May 30 (Sun.) May 30 (Sun.) 1 .................. Reading Day . . Final examinations ........ Baccalaureate service ............... Commencement S M T JUNE W T F S S SEPTEMBER T W T M F S Fall Semester 1 965-66 S . . . . . Freshman Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.) OCTOBER T W T M F S Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.) S NOVEMBER T W T M F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes Sept. 15 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late Oct. 28-31 Homecoming End first half of Semester Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.) DECEMBER T W T M .. begin registration fee ...................... Nov. 11 (Thurs.) S . . . . . . . Registration Sept. 15 (Wed. S Days F S ....................... Thanksgiving recess Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.) S .................. JANUARY T W T M F S Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) ...... Classes resume Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.) . . Final examinations Jan. 25 (Tues.) M FEBRUARY T W T S M MARCH T W T F S S M T APRIL W T F S S F Christmas recess begins .......... First Semester ends S Spring Semester 1966 ................... Registration Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester Feb. 1 (Tues.) April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins S M MAY T W T April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends F S May 25 (Wed.) ................. Reading Day May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.) S M T JUNE W T F S ........................ Final examinations June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service June 5 (Sun.) ............... Commencement historical sketch Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incor~orated under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded t o a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including G E NERAL INFORMATIOR the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history: Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907 1907-1911 Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937 George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938 Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962 Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963 Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present aims and objectives IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. Ultimate Aims To contribute t o the true good of human life and society. To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. Basic Philosophy The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. Primary Objectives To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical well-being of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. F To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service to God and man. Distinctive Character Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought to play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. the alumni association The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside Avenue. the physical plant Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall Gerda Mortensen Hall Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda, Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. the archives The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. library facilities The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and well-trained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. natural science laboratories The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. P.' I A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. guaranteed tuition plan In order to assist students and parents in planning ahead for tuition payments, which are the major item of college expense, Augsburg College offers a Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the tuition cost for four years of college. Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964, who sign up for the plan, will have their tuition cost guaranteed for eight consecutive semesters a t a total cost of $3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year) as follows: The larger charges in the first two years build up a reserve available for the last two years. If the student on this plan voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve. If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve will be refunded. Those who do not elect t o sign up for the Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of $450 per semester and at whatever level the fee is set in subsequent years. FINANCIAL general expenses per semester * Regular Tuition Plan Tuition (includes Student Activity $450.00 Fee of $1 1.00) 7.50 Student Union Fee 1.00 Lo'cker (Optional) Guaranteed Tuition Plan $500.00 7.50 1.00 TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER $458.50 $508.50 Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester Students registered for more than the maximum number of credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester. Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay the regular tuition charge. room and board expenses per semester" WOMEN Min. Max. $125.00 $130.00 150.00 125.00 1.OO 1.00 MEN Min. Max. $120.00 $120.00 175.00 225.00 1.00 1.OO Room Board * Key Deposit (refundable) Breakage Deposit -0-015.00 15.00 (refundable) TOTAL ROOM & BOARD PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00 *Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men students $175.00. music fees per semester " Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00 * Subject t o change special fees" - Application fee -, ,- -, - -, , , , , ,, ,, , , - - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00 Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00 Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-, -, - - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00 Placement fee ,-, , , , , , , , , , , , , , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00 ------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one , ,, - -, ,-- - -, , -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 scheduled ,,,,-, Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00 Student teaching 20.00 . . Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00 Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00 ------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students 10.00 not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-, - ------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4--- estimated expenses per semester "* MEN WOMEN Min. Max. OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses $508.50 Special, music, books 25.00 100.00 $608.50 TOTAL $483.50 Min. Max. $458.50 25.00 $483.50 $508.50 100.00 $608.50 RESIDENT STUDENTS $458.50 General expenses Room & Board 251.00 Special, music, books 25.00 TOTAL $734.50 $458.50 311.00 25.00 $794.50 $508.50 361.00 100.00 $969.50 $508.50 281.00 100.00 $889.50 * * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. refunds Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition. V u b j e c t to change payment of accounts Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's office at the time of payment. Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted the following payment plans: DATE PAYMENT DUE n OFF-CAMPUS RESIDENT STUDENTS STUDENTS Guaranteed Guaranteed Tuition Regular Tuition Regular Tuition Plan Tuition Plan or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due October 15th 85.00 95.00 125.00 135.00 Due November 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due December 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due January 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due February 15th 85.00 125.00 135.00 95.00 Due March 15th 85.00 135.00 125.00 95.00 Due April 15th 85.00 Due May 15th Balance Balance Balance Balance In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made, an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is late. financia 1 assistance Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the campus. loan funds 18 Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available t o selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modern foreign languages. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial reserves required. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. scholarships and prizes Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or. achicwement in the art of singing. 20 The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in n ~ e ~ n o rof y their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. f The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t Lamberton, Minnesota. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the Scholarship Committee. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband. A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from another country in order to prepare that student to make a contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the relationship of that country and the United States. The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife. Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and promising students in the field of English or the language arts. The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs. Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation. The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with special interest in the problems of modern society that are reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. grants-in-aid Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. employment service An employment service, located in the Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work. Many students find it possible to pay part of their college expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured in accordance with the need of the student and his ability to handle extra work. Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel Office. application procedure Applications for admission to Augsburg College should be made to the Director of Admissions. Students may apply for admission as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in which the student seeks admission. No applications are accepted after September 1. Early applicants gain an advantage both in registration and housing. Notification of admission is normally sent to a student as soon as the application is complete. Instructions for applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 (2) Complete and return the application form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph. (3) Request your high school to send us a copy of your high school record and test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized .tests taken. (4) After acceptance, all new students are required to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit. This deposit may be made any time before July 1; for those admitted thereafter, it is due within two weeks after notification of acceptance. (5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required. admission requirements The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application. Augsburg College seeks ADMISSION TO THE students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and score average or above on college aptitude tests. It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and at least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted t o register. transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is computed on the basis of work transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. advanced placement Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. advanced standing Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. ' I. The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd in each life. All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Faith and Life Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The Chapel Service The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, CAMPUS LIFE where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. recreation standards and discipline Introduction At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world. The Program In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational and social program which gives preference to those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or encourage selfish satisfactions. The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet these requirements. The social program includes a number of organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin City area. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may be developed. Such common activities as television viewing and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical values. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and to follow it as members of the college community. Although the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. religious program The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and discussions. This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers. convocation Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. social and recreational activities Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Music and the Fine Arts Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. student government The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students. receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. Publications The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors; business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student Personnel Services. The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under the direction of the Registrar. co-curricular program The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an interest in art. The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in the biological sciences. The Business Club draws membership from the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen. The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on the campus. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psychology. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human-relations activities. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative writing each year. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. Forensics Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. The Genung Endowment The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to carry out a project for the improvement of international relations on a student to student level. musical organzzatzons The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June, 1965. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles. The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental string technique. physical education and recreation Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. eligibility requirements In order to participate in certain extracurricular and cocurricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices, nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the Coordinator of Student Activities for approval. A student on academic probation may not participate in the Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in a dramatic production without special permission from the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. honors and awards On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in which the student is eligible. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. student personnel services Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Admissions Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t all possible. Other information concerning admission and entrance requirements can be found in another section of the catalog. Counseling Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women, respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of Women. A further referral may be made to the College Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the latter case. Testing All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the graduate record examinations. Freshman Orientation Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. Records Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. The Student Health Service The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. Housing and Food Service In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and Personnel Deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All women students and freshman men students not living a t home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in the residences and most students in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining room. The college also provides two houses for women with a cooperative house plan. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other students. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15 breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory. Graduate Placement The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. Student Employment An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Coordination of Student Activities The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations. I 4 registration Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is two weeks after the beginning of classes. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which-he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 18 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. change of registration and cancellation In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he obtains a form from the Registrar's Office on which he makes application. Approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar must be obtained before a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATIOP after the first week of classes. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last four weeks of the semester. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. university courses By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. classification In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. pro bation and elimination The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the end of each semester, considers the status of students who have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation. They are removed from probation when they obtain better than C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. F class attendance Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of that class. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. examinations Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination a t another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. comprehensive examinations Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. grade values A - - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit C D Passable, no honor points per credit F Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit .. E Condition I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete - - - - _ , - L - - - L L - - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - L - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - u - - - - - - - - - - - 2 L L - - - - - - - - - conditions and incompletes A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. graduation requirements In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. general education requirements For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in the following fields: .. Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance. Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12 -, --, ,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -, ,--, ,2credits --Fine Arts -- ,-, , ,-, _-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-, -- 2 credits Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29 Foreign Language - - - - - ,----, ,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits 0 - If four years of one language have been successfully completed in high school. 6 - If student has sufficient background in the language to enroll in the intermediate course. 14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign language in high school. Students with two years of a foreign language in high school should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning course, but will receive credit only for the second semester of it. Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2 Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4 All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition. Major and Minor All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in lower division courses. Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Business Education Religion Art Home Econo'mics Philosophy History Medical Technology Greek and Latin Sociology Biology English Social S'cience Physics German Psychology Chemistry French Elementary Education Natural Science Spanish Business Administration Mathematics Speech Economics Physical Education Music 1 Except with special majors such as music, business education, home economics, and combined natural science, students in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well as a major. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. I 1 Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. degree with distinction The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point ratio Summa Cum Laude ,-, , -, - - -, - - ,-, --, - - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0 Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79 Cum Laude ,,,,,,-, , - -, -, - - -, , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+ To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. + I courses onered Descriptions of the courses offered in 1964-66 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. numbering of courses IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1, 2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. symbols t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. credits 0 Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total COURSES OF STUDY credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. divisional organization The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. Division of Religion and Philosophy Religion Philosophy Division of the Humanities Greek, Latin English, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art Division of the Social Sciences History, Political Science, Geography sociology Psychology Education, Library Science Business Administration, Economics Business Education Home Economics Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education division of RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the Church and of society. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson, Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen. Mr. P. A. The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses 3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their course of study. Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major in religion. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2, 2 crs, 1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It. A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts incllrd~1Re entile New Testament. Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram. 2 crs. 3. Church History. I. A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation. 4. Christian Doctrine. II. 2 crs. TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. Principles of Christian Education. I. 3 crs. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 52. Parish Work. II. 2 crs. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 54. Youth Work in the Church. II. 2 crs. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. History of Religions. I. 3 crs. A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied. 62. The Mission of the Church. II. 3 crs. A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. See course 66 under the Department of Music. 3 crs. 3 crs. 71. The Early Christian Fathers. I. The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early c l ~ u r c h . 3 crs. 72. Protestantism in America. 11. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. 3 crs. 81. The Gospels. I. The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God. 3 crs. 82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II. A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the leading ideas that emerge from his writings. 3 crs. 83. The Message of the Old Testament. I. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. 91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I. 3 crs. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 92. Christian Ethics. 11. 3 crs. The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems. 3 crs. 94. The Christian View of Man. 11. The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals. Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.) Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. 3 crs. 23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.) A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. 3 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical 52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11. thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. 53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66) 3 crs. 54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.) 73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e cedures. (Offered 1965-66.) 85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1964-65.) 86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11. 3 crs. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.) 91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq. #. I, II. 1-3, 1-3 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi- 60 cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head of the department. division of THE HUMANITIES Mr. Thorson, Chairman It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN Mr. Colacci The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. ,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and'l4 credits in Latin. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. N e w Testament Greek ~ h o r 20 : credits 8 crs. 1-2.j Elements of New Testament Greek. I, II. 'l'kOr&tic&la d ,practical study of the grammar of the Greek language of the New Testarrreqt, Roadingsr and parsing of the Greek text from the &ape1 of Bt John and the huer d St, James. The manuscript & ~ b I f & I 0 n0f the Greek b x t of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51. 52. Advanced New Testament Greek. Prereq. 2, 1. II. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. Greek Exegesis. Prereq. 52. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. Latin 1-2.$ Beginning Latin. Fr. I, II. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 crs. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate Latin. Prereq. 2. So. I, II. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH Mr. Thorson, Miss Pederson, Mr. Dahlen, Miss Lillehei, Mrs. Livingston, Mr. Nicholl, Mrs. Trautwein, Mr. Bergstrom, Mrs. Cherne, Mrs. Christensen, Mr. Lesher. The Department of Engltsh a i m Eo train students in the proper use of EwUsh in opal and written oxpn$$.qion; to increase proficiency in reading and fn anatyzlng; Ukefary texts; ta acquaint the students with the &@nnings of Wes@rn literature md i t s development, chiefly in England and fn America; and to Ustill a deeper uttderstanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary and elementary schools and for graduate study. All students, except those exempted from English 12, must complete Freshman English (courses 11 and 12) for graduation. Students of superior rating are placed in special sections of course 11; those superior students who achieve a high level of proficiency at the end of course 11 are exempted from course 12 and placed in course 40 the second semester. Satisfactory completion 'of course 11 is a prerequisite for course 12. Credit for course 11 without course 12 is given only to students in the affiliated nursing program and those superior students exempted from 12 who complete course 40. . Courses 35, 40, 41, or 42 meet the literature requirement for graduation. .All studenh must hmonstrate a proflclencgr in writing a t the upper di&lon level & q ~ w for y the A.3. &g&e. This requirement may be met by &&$wemen(on the s o p h o h m fighh test, a satisfactory junior &me test, or completion of course %,50,1or 55, Major : 27 credits above cowso 12, including 40, 41, 42, 61, 62, and 91. Additional courges peogrnwerded for those planning on graduate study: 50 or 55; 73 or 7s: 82; 84; 8 ; 88; 93; plus work in German, French, Latin, philosophy, and hlsbry. T e a m major for the sewbdary 6;ehool: 33 wedits above course 12, in~ludlnga5,40, Q, 42, 55, &1, 62, 84, 91: and %, 73, or 74. Strongly recommaded, in additIrm, are 9 cmlfts from th? fdbwing: journalism, speech, elemeneducation 63 ; lzbrrtrl scimae 99, 60, 88. Teaching major for the elementary school: 27 credits above course 12, including 25, 40, 41, 42, 91; 50 or 55; 35, 73, or 74; and 61, 62, or 84, Recommended, in addition, are library science 58 and speech 16. All majors must complete the intermediate year of Latin, German, French, Spanish, or Norwegian. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, and French. Minor: 18 credits above course 12, including 40, 41, 42, 91. Teaching minor, elementary or secondary: 21 credits above course 12, including those listed for the minor, plus 50 or 55. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Improvement of Reading. (Offered both semesters.) Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. 1 cr. 9. Communication. I. 2 crs. A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses. 6 crs. 11-12. Freshman English. (Course 11 offered both semesters.) The study of language, composition, and literature. Superior students are placed in advanced sections of course 11. 3 crs. 14. Journalism. Prereq. 11. II. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and the mechanics of newspaper production. 25. Expository Writing. Prereq. 12. 1. 3 crs. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 3 crs. 35. Literary Classics. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's classics from the renaissance to the modern age. 40. The Classical Tradition. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the foundations of literature in the productions of the Greeks and Romans. The influence of the classical tradition in subsequent ages. 4 crs. 41. Medieval and Renaissance Literature. Prereq. 12. 1. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from the ninth century 'to the age of Shakespeare. 42. American Literary Developments. Prereq. 12. 11. 4 crs. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 50. American English. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the structure of Modern English. Grammar and problems of usage. 3 crs. 52. Creative Writing. Prereq. 12. 11. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 55. Introduction to Modern English. Prereq. 12. 1. The study of Modern English grammar, vocabulary, and sounds viewed in historical perspective. Acquaintance with some of the recent studies of language. Designed to give prospective teachers of English an understanding of structural linguistics. 4 crs. 61. British Literature, 1616-1800. Prereq. 40. 1. The principal authors from Donne through Blake. Discussion of literary works in relation to historical backgrounds. 4 crs. 62. British Literature since 1800. Prereq. 40. 11. The major writers in England in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. 3 crs. 71. American Literature, 1820-1912. Prereq. 42. 1. The development of romanticism and realism in nineteenth-century American writers. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 73. Modern American Literature. Prereq. 42. 1. Major American writers and movements since 1912. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 74. Modern Literature. Prereq. 40. 11. The important literary movements of the present century in Europe and in America. 3 crs. 82. The British Novel. Prereq. 40. 11. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their works. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 84. Shakespeare. Prereq. 41. 11. A study of selected plays, with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age. 3 crs. 86. Three Major British Poets. Prereq. 61. 11. A study of the major poems and selected prose works of Milton and two other British poets. (Offered 196S66.) 3 crs. 88. Chaucer. Prereq. 41. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on the Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 crs. 91. English Seminar. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 1. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. A review of movements and terminology. 93, 94. Independent Study. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major with a grade-point average of 2.0 or better. I, 11. 1, 1 cr. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH Mr. Anderson, Miss Cole, Mrs. Olson This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. All students are required to earn two credits in speech for graduation. Speech 11 is designed to meet this requirement, but other courses may be substituted where permission is granted on the basis of previous training or experience. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may use 16 to fulfil the speech requirement. Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all majors. Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12, 29, 31, 32, 51, and 66. In addition, course 76 is strongly recommended. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 11. Beginning Speech. So. (Offered both semesters.) 2 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours a week. 12. Forms of Public Address. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. II. 2 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week. 16. Story Telling and Creative Dramatics. So. II. 3 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. 21-22.t Intercollegiate Debate. I, II. Open to all students. 2 crs. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 29. Introduction to Dramatic Arts. Open to all students. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. 31. Interpretative Reading. So. I. 3 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, poetry and drama. 3 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. 32. Acting. So. II. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 51. Argumentation. Jr., Sr., I. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. It is recommended that students take logic prior to registering for this course. 52. Advanced Public Speaking. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 196566.1 56. Group Leadership and Discussion. Jr., Sr., II. 3 crs. Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Offered 1964-65.) 63, 64. Stagecraft. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. First semester devoted to lighting and design; second semester to scene construction and painting. Students planning to take only one course should register for 64. 66. Stage Direction. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. Speech Pathology. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 91, 92. Independent Study. Sr. 1, II. 1, 1 cr. Selected topics in drama or rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES Mr. Olson, Mr. Landa, Mrs. Kingsley, Mr. Hatchek, Miss Aaskov, Mr. Hansen, Mr. Cannon, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Moreno, Mr. Balz, Mrs. Nashan This department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. I t also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. German Major: 24 credits above German 2. Minor: 16 credits above German 2. 1-2.t Beginning German. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audiooral exercises in laboratory required. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students who have credit for German 5, 6 will not receive credit for this course. 5, 6. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3, 3 crs. 51, 52. German Literature. Prereq. 4 or 6. 1, II. Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture. 61, 62. Composition and Conversation. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 2, 2 crs. More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for teachers and minors. 71. The German Drama of the 19th Century. Prereq. 52 or #. 1. 3 crs. A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered 1965-66.) 72. The German Short Story (Novelle). Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. A survey of the genre and reading of works in the field. (Offered 196566.) 74. The German Novel of the 19th and 20th Centuries. Prereq. 52 or #. II. 3 crs. Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German. Scandinavian Language a n d Literature Minor, 24 credits. 1-2.t Beginning Norwegian. Fr. I, II. 8 crs. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. Intermediate Norwegian. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. 11. Scandinavian History. I. 3 crs. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 196566.) 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. 3 crs. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1965-66.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 55. The Modern Scandinavian Novel. Jr., Sr. I. 2 crs. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerl~f,and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 56. The Modern Scandinavian Drama. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. The course includes dramas by Bj~rnson,Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.) 90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Reading of selected authors. Paper to be written in Norwegian. French Major: 24 credits above French 2. Minor: 16 credits above French 2. 1-2.t Beginning French. I, II. 8 crs. Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written, and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate French. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice. Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on the native voice. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of French Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, 11. 3, 3 crs. Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and reporting on literary works in the French language. 61. French Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Conversation and composition toward facility in the language. Vocabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression. 72. Modern French Literature: The Novel. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French novelists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196465.) 74. Modern French Literature: The Drama. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of important French dramatists of the modern period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196566.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 52, and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in French Literature for the advanced student. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered on demand.) Spanish Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2. Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2. 1-2.t Beginning Spanish. I, II. 8 crs. Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course. 3, 4. Intermediate Spanish. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels, and plays. Further laboratory work. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51, 52. Survey of Spanish Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, II. 3, 3 crs. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral reports. Laboratory work. 61. Spanish Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1. 4 crs. Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native voices. 72. Hispanic American Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Representative works of Hispanic American writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1964-65.) 74. Modern Spanish Writers. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 crs. Selected readings of modern Spanish writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1965-66.) 90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 5 2 and 61. 11. 2 crs. Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish. For the advanced student. (Offered on demand.) DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Mr. Sateren, Mr. Savold, Mr. Thut, Mr. Johnson, Mrs. Thut, Mr. Gibson, Mr. Lane, Mr. Haugen, Mr. Karlen, Mr. Davenport, Mr. Gabrielsen The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits, Excepting 4 and 66, courses 1 through 69, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 6 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 3 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the monthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. The workshops are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed; (b) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 4 and 56, courses 1through 58, and 6 credits in applied music, 4 of which must be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music, and 2 in an organization. A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 4, 4 crs. 1, 2. Theory. I. Fr., So. I, II. A basic course in the materials of music: the principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises, including the harmonization of figured bass and given melodies; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and partsinging. 2 crs. 4. Introduction to Music. (Offered both semesters.) A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 2, 2 crs. 7, 8. History and Literature of Music. I, II. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. S u p plemented by musical scores and recorded performances. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. 55, 56. Theory II. Prereq. 2. 1, II. Continuation of 1, 2, with advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Course 55 includes work in strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Course 56 gives special study to the form and structure of music. 57, 58. Conducting. Prereq. 2, or 2 cr. in piano, organ, or 2, 2 crs. equivalent. Jr. I, II. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should take the course in junior year. 2, 2 crs. 61, 62. Instrumental Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 2 crs. 63. Choral Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 3 crs. 66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II. Development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. 2 crs. 69. Twentieth Century Music. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. *Students taking Instrumental Technique are not required to take Choral Technique. Those taking Choral Technique must take one semester of Instrumental Technique. Applied Music Vocal and insburnenial Instruction is available to all sludents. Beginners must complek two semesters of private lessons In order to receive credit. Qtl~el~s wceive one crcdit for a minimurn of sixteen thirtyminute lcssons per semedcr. Occasional lessons alVe aavnilable without credit. For slatc~mentof ices see under Finnncinl Information. 1, 1 cr. Piano. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this kxamination has been passed apply toward the major or minor. 1, 1 cr. Organ. Prereq. Basic piano technique and #. I, II. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. 1, 1 cr. Voice. I, II. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. 2 crs. Ch0ir.t I, II. Concert Band. t 2 crs. I, II. Wood-wind Instruments, Brass Instruments. 1, 1 cr. Women's Chorus (Cantorians)t, Male Chorus, Collegiate Band, Orchestra, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble. 1/2 credit per semester These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Performance Workshop. I, II. 0 cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART Mr. Thompson, Mr. Molder Thc Department of Art endeavo~sto fustlier the student's technical nnd conceptual unrlersTenrling or art, Bcsides exp~rIence In the disciplines of dmwing, print rnnlting, painting, and sculplure, ernpltasis is ~ l v e n to the function of art In hjstory and religion. Recnusc 01 Ihe placr nrt hns in contcmpornry lib, s t u d ~ n t s are enenuraged to consider the areas of i~aching,grrrdiralc study, comrnsrrial. clesigning, and avocational art. In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student a r t work for exhibition purposes. Major: 32 credits, including 1, 7, 18, 21, 65, 66, 67, 83, 84 Minor: 16 credits, including 1, 18, 21 and 83 or 84 See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Basic Design. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Theory and application of basic art principles in drawing, painting, sculpture, and design. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 7. Drawing I. Fr. I. 2 crs. Freehand drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 18. Oil Painting I. Prereq. 1. 3 crs. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape and portrait painting. (Offered semester 11, 1964-65; both semesters, 1965-66.) 21. Sculpture I. Prereq. 1. 1. 3 crs. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic design and plaster casting. 32. Water Color Painting. Prereq. 1 or 7. 11. 2 crs. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. (Offered 1964-65.) UPPER DIVISION COURSES 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. 3, 3 crs. 65, 66. Composition. Prereq. 1 and 7. 1, II. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. Semester I: Form and Space. Semester 11 : Vision. (Offered 196566.) 3, 3 crs. 67, 68. Print Making. Prereq. 1. I, II. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Semester I : Woodcut and the silk screen process. Semester 11: Intaglio methods on copper. 3 crs. 76. Oil Painting II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced oil painting. (Offered semester I, 1964-65; semester 11, 196566.) 78. Sculpture II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21. Advanced sculpture. 3 crs. 83, 84. Art History and Appreciation. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in Western civilization. Semester I : Prehistoric to Renaissance. Semester II: Renaissance to Modern. 90. Independent Study. (Offered both semesters.) 1-2 crs. Supervised study in fields of special interest. Problems selected from studio disciplines and art history. Open to seniors with a major in art. division of SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Dl~rislock, Cl~airrnnl~ It is the general purpose olf the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE Mr. Chrislock, Mr. Kleven, Mr. Gisselqnist, Mrs. Jensen, Mr. Gustafson, Mr. Laue The work of this department is designed to give the student a n understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. F o r non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1, 2. Western Civilization. Fr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. A rapid survey of Western history from ancient times and up to the present. An effort is made to place the study of Western Civilization in a world setting. 3, 3 cn. 21, 22. United States History. So. I, II. A survey of the life of the American people and the development of their ideas and institutions. Special section for students selected for the honors program. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 52. England to 1832. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 53. History of Canada. Jr., Sr. I. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 55. Contemporary United States. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 56. American Diplomatic History. Prereq. 6 cr. in History or 3 cn.. Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 196566.) 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 57 under Political Science. 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. See course 58 under Political Science. 3 crs. 3 crs. 61. Ancient History. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 63. Medieval Europe, 300-1200. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1965-66.) 3 crs. 64. Medieval Europe, 1200-1500. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II. Medieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 196566.) 65. Early Modern Europe, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Early Modern Europe, 1648-1789. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XIV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1964-65.) 67. Commonwealth Countries of South Asia and the South Pacific. 3 crs. Jr,, Sr. I. A political and economic study of the transition from colonial to commonwealth status of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Australia, and New Zealand in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1965-66.) 68. China and Japan, 1850 to Present. Jr., Sr. II. 71. French Revolution and Early Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Political, economic, social and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to 1850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 72. Late Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. 3 crs. Jr., Sr. 11. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 3 crs. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. See course 75 under Political Science. 3 crs. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 82. Twentieth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Sr. 11. 3 crs. 99. Seminar in Northwest History. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1964-65.) Political Science Minor: 15 credits. 6 crs. American Government. I, II. A study of the Constitution; civil right; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42:F U P P E R DIVISION COURSES 56. American Diplomatic History. II. 3 crs. See course 56 under History. 57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. The emergence of the new national states in this a r e a ; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1964-65.) 58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II. 75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1965-66.) 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics 15 for Political Science minors. Jr., Sr. II. See course 82 under Economics. 3 crs. Geography 14. Human Geography. Fr., So. II. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 crs. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology 1, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Mr. Torstenson, Mr. Nevasltar, Mrs. Belgnm, Mr. Nordlie The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 27 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1, 2, o r 21, 22; Psychology 5. Minor, 15 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e History 1,2, o r 21, 22. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1. Introduction to Sociology. Fr., So. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts a s they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. Social Problems. Fr., So. II. 3 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and communily disorganization a r e selected for special study. 8. Sociology. II. 2 or 3 crs. An introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses. 16. Modern Scandinavia. II. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 crs. 21. Rural Sociology. So. I. 3 crs. The culture and social organization of American rural life in historical perspective; a n examination of social processes and problems of changing rural communities and institutions. 3 crs. 22. Urban Sociology. So. II. The culture and social organization of the city in historical perspective; including an examination of processes and problems related to the development of the modern metropolis. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 crs. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 3 crs. 53. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. I. Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of socio-psychological data. Constructing of graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation. 54. Social Research. Jr. II. Prereq. 53 or #. 3 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research designs and techniques. 57. Fields of Social Work. Jr., Sr., I. 2 crs. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. 2 crs. 58. Introduction to Methods of Social Work. Jr., Sr. II. Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1965-66.) 59-60.? Field Experience in Social Work Agencies. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 2 crs. Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and 58 or 66. 63. Criminology. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of thi nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment and prevention of delinquency and crime. 66. Public Welfare. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant social issues. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 1, Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audiences. 76. Race and Minority Group Relations. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations; major attention is focused on prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. 3 crs. 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1965-66.) 81. Modern Sociological Theory. Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary soci* logical theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Mrs. Hinrichs, Mr. Armacost, Mrs. Anderegg The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and (2) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man. Major: 24 credits, including 5, 61, 62, 64, 81 and 86. In addition, Sociology 53 or Economics 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1, 2, or 13-14; Chemistry, 5, 6 , or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 23 or 73. Minor: 15 credits, including 5, 62, See under Curriculufls for a suggested course of study. 5. General Psychology. So. or #. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general princi- ples and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit by students selected for the honors program. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. 2 crs. 7. General Psychology. I. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. or See course 53 under Education. #. 1. 3 crs. 60. Psychological Measurement. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests, attitudes. 61. Psychology of Personality: Normal. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. 62. Psychology of Personality: Abnormal. Prereq. 61 or Jr., Sr. 11. #. 3 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. 64. Experimental Psychology. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. 71. Educational Psychology. Prereq. 5. Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 crs. 75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 1. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. See course 75 under Sociology. 81. History of Psychology. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. 1. 3 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology. 1-2 crs. 84. Topics in Psychology. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, II. Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research projects. Four credit maximum. 85. Counseling Psychology. Prereq. 61. Sr. I. 3 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. 86. Seminar in Psychology. Prereq. 15 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. 2 crs. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Mr. Jollnson, Miss Mattson, Mr. Fardig, Mrs. Anderegg, Mrs. Hanson The Education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary o r the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further study in the field of education. Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching a r e required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under Curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation and counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matler of the fields which a r e taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies m a y be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All students admitted to the Elementary Education program must satisfactorily complete Ed. 57, 58 (Group Activity), usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 56. Students in elementary education a r e required to take 3 semester hours in general psychology to be completed a s a prerequisite for Ed. 51. Major: 31 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for Elementary Education. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 51. Orientation to Elementary Education. Prereq. Admission to Dept. of Education. Jr. I. 4 crs. A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey of American schools, philosophies, policies and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations. 53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of the growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. 54. Methods and Materials: Art, Health, Physical Education, Music. 2 crs. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching a r t and music in the elementary school. 56. Methods and Materials: Mathematics, Science. Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II. 2 crs. Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. 0 cr. 57, 58. Group Activity. I, II. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection, with elementary education 51 and 56. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 61. Methods and Materials: Language Arts. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 1. 2 crs. Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts other than reading; language, spelling and handwriting. 2 crs. 62. Methods and Materials: Social Studies. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 11. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. 63. Teaching of Reading. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. I. 3 crs. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. The methods and materials are studied in the context of learning theory. 65. Children's Literature. Prereq. 51, 53 or #. Sr. I. 3 crs. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 66. Seminar in Teaching. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68. Sr. II. 2 crs. Deals with the practical problems of teaching a s they arise in the student teaching experience. 68. Directed Teaching in the Elementary School. Open to seniors in elementary education. II. 8 crs. Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Secondary Education Admission to the secondary education curriculum requires a n application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is lo complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, and 1:O ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in a t least two subjects that a r e taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 7l and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High School Teaching. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 7 1 . Educational Psychology. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. Teaching in Secondary Schools. Prereq. 7 1 . Jr. II. 3 crs. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. Activity. I, II. 0 cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 73,74.Group 76. Principles of Guidance. Prereq. 71. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. School and Society. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs. A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. Included a r e a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. 79-95. Special Methods Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they a r e given; applications of the principles of teaching a r e made in the specific field. Each student is required to take one course related to the major field to prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites a r e a major o r minor in the field and Education 72. 79. Teaching of Natural Sciences in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 81. Teaching of Business in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 83. Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 85. Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 88. Teaching of Music in the Elementary School. Jr. II. 2 crs. 89. Teaching of Music in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 91. Teaching of Home Economics in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 92. Evaluation and Adult Education in Home Economics. Sr. 11. 2 crs. 93. Teaching of English in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 94. Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School. Sr. 1. 2 crs. 95. Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School. Sr. I. 2 crs. 97. Student Teaching in the Secondary School. Prereq. 72. (Offered both semesters.) 6 crs. Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching assignment; or one-half day of each school day for one semester. In addition, the student attends seminar meetings. 1-2 crs. 99. Topics in Education. Sr. (Offered both semesters.) Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each sttrdenl. does research and presents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conductucl largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. Library Science Mrs. Parker The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in Library Science. Preparation for selecting books and other library materials, efficient and effective management of library materials as well as the intelligent use of library resources from the standpoint both of the school librarian and the classroom teacher is given. While the minor in Library Science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of Library Science. Minor, 16 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65. 45-46.t Basic Functions of the School Library. So., Jr. I, II. 4 crs. To orient the student to the role of the library in the school and community. A study of library facilities, standards, book selection policies and buying guides. The second portion of the course concentrates on the organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation proceflnres. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Elementary Materials. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The chacteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. The student is directed through extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wise exposure to individual titles to a better understanding of the role books and related library materials play in the development of the church. (Offered 1964-65) 59-60. Secondary Materials. Jr., Sr. I. II. 6 crs. The characteristics and purposes of a secondary school library. Study of the adolescent and the guidance role of the librarian. The selection and use of reference materials is stressed, as well as a wide exposure to other books in various subject areas. (Offered 1965-66) 63. Library Materials in the Classroom. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. To define and study the role of the library as an instructional materials center in modern educational setting. Involves extensive study of curriculum needs and curriculum enrichment through teacher-librarian cooperation in selection and use of books and audio-visual materials. Library instruction units are included. (Offered 1964-65) DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS EDUCATION Mr. Hemmingson, Miss Lund, Mr. Budge The objective of this department is to help students gain a liberal arts background a s well as some specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major concentrates on accounting and provides basic preparation for careers in the accounting field. The economics major concentrates on fundamental analytical and policy matters and serves as a basis for advanced study in economics. Either of these majors can also provide the background needed for generay ~dminiskativecarcers in busfneas, government, or various public nnd privn1.e instJtutions. In particulnr, either major cauld Ile the bnsis for gt-aduate study in such fields as hospital or public ndrninistr~tion. The business education major and minor prepare students for teaching in secondary schools. Business Administration Major: 36 credits, including courses BA 1, 2, 53, 71, 72, 74, 76; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58. Minor: 18 credits, including courses BA 1,2; Econ, 15, 16; and six credits in upper division business administration courses. Majors will be required to demonstrate by means of a test a minimum ability in mathematics at the time of application for the major which will be ordinarily at the end of the sophomore year. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3, 3 crs. 1, 2. Principles of Accounting. Fr. I, II. An Intrcduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single prnpdetrship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of financial ~tatcmcnts;and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION OOURSES 3 crs. 53. Business Law. Jr., Sr. I. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, p r o p erty and business organizations. 3 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables and inventories. 71. Intermediate Accounting. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. 72. Intermediate Accounting. II. Prereq. 71. Jr., Sr. II. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and operations. 74. Cost Accounting. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. 76. Auditing. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. A review of internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. Economics Major: 30 credits, including courses BA 1, 2 ; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58, and nine credits from 78, 80, 82, 85. Math. 42 required. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 15, 16. Principles of Economics. So. I, II. 3, 3 crs. The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in econoniic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Course 15 designed for students taking only one semester of economics. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 54. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. II. 3 crs. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Considerable emphasis on statistical inference. 57. Intermediate Macro-economics. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. I. 3 crs. An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and investment. (Formerly Econ. 62.) 58. Intermediate Micro-economics, Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. II. 3 crs. An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions in regard to production and prices. (Formerly Econ. 61.) 78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 78 under Department of Sociology. 3 crs. 80. Money and Banking. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. 82. Public Finance. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. 85. Economic Development. Prereq. 15 or #. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. An examination and analysis of the developmental problems and pros~ e c t sof the underdevelo~ednations includine: consideration of wlicies i o promote growth. ~ i s t o r i cpatterns of gro\;th and communist~versus non-communist approaches will be examined. Intended as an interdisciplinary social science course. Business Education These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Business education major: 37 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; BA 1, 2, 53; and Econ. 15, 16. Minor: 27 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; and BA 1, 2; or Econ. 15, 16. Seven credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in courses 1, 3 and 4. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1 cr. 1. Elementary Typewriting. (Offered both semesters.) A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 3, 3 crs. 3, 4. Elementary Shorthand. Prereq. 1. I, II. Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 8. Office Machines. Prereq. 1. (Offered both semesters.) The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mime* scope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 53. Advanced Shorthand. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation a t a minimum of 80 words per minute. Five hours per week. 3 crs. 56. Advanced Typewriting. Prereq. 1 or equivalent. II. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. Four hours per week. 3 crs. 58. Secretarial Practice. Prereq. 4. 11. Dictation, busincss Iettcrwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal iorrns, personality tlev@lopmcnl,writing applicntlon lellers, and r n a l r i n ~application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who incIudc IRis as n part of ille parish worker's course. Four hours pcr week. 60. Business Seminar. II. 2 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS Miss Segolson, Mrs. Peterson, Miss Sonsteng, Mrs. Tester Home Economics is concerned wRh ihe individud, the hmily, the home, and with the conditions of the society and Iheir impact on the individual, the family, and the home. It ~ e e k sto unify ltnotvledge from mmy fields in the solving of individual and home I l k pprot~l~ms.Study in home economics includes lenrning to use one's resources to attain values set up as most worthwhile in life and acquiring some techniques and skills needed in immediate personal and home living. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Graduates in Home Economics Education are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46, 58, 66, 67, 71, 73, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5, or 5, 6, or 5, 32; Physics 3 ; Economics 15; Sociology 1 ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54; Psychology 5, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46 and one upper division course. Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for nonteaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her college work. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 crs. 3. Art in Daily Living. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. 5. Clothing Selection, Care and Repair. I. 2 crs. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready-made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week. 6 . Clothing Construction. II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per week. 8. Elements of Nutrition. 11. 3 crs. A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of gmd health throughout all of life from prenatal needs through old age. Translating these nutrients into foods for everyday meals. Analyzing diets of class members. Three single class periods per week. 33. Color and Design. I. 3 crs. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. ~ r a f f s .II. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 196566.) 39, 40. Food Preparation and Management. Prereq. 8 or #. I, 11. 3, 3 crs. Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory periods per week. 42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. Personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. 2 crs. 46.Child Development. Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. II. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations ,in local nursery schools; a two-week play school is conducted at the college for ten to twelve children of preschool age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58. Textiles. II. 2 crs. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. 64. History and Appreciation of Art. II. 3 crs. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1964-65.) 66. Home Planning and Furnishing. II. 4 crs. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 67. Family Health. .I. 2 crs. A study of health problems relating to the family, including: heredity, pregnancy, growth and development, mental health, aging, public health, communicable diseases, non-communicable diseases, safety and home care of the sick. Two single class periods per week. 71. Home Management Problems. I. 2 crs. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 73. Home Management Laboratory. I. 3 crs. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment. Emphasis is placed on management of time, money, and energy for effective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week. 74. Consumer Education and Income Management. II. 2 crs. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. Advanced Clothing Construction. Prereq. 6. 1. 2 crs. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 6. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. division of NATURAL SCIENCES A N D MATHEMATICS Mr. Nash, Chairman It is the purpose of this division to provide training in methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of science and mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY Mr. Nash, Mr. Urdahl, Mr. ~Mickelberg,Mr. Frosig, Mrs. Pederson The aim of this department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and a t least 4 Upper Division courses. Also required are Chemistry 5, 6; o r 15,16. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and at least two Upper Division courses, preferably 51 and 64. For a science major and minor for teaching see page 111. 3, 3 crs, 1, 2. General Blology. Fr. I, If. of the W prlndples of biology to meet the needs of rt0n-den@ majors. l a w e s and one double laboratory period not count toward the major or minor. Week. Thfs wurse A S$U& 4 crs. 3. Human Anatomy and Physlololgy, Fr, I. A pmfissiond c m e in hmatomg and physiology with special a p h a & on structure. POT&dent nwms, Three lectures and three ~ D W 01 B lakortito pW week. Stuwho have credit for Biol. 4 will 7 not receive credit or Biol. 3. 4 crs. 4, Human Anert~myand Physiology. Fr. II. .& p*,~sfmal s W e in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on bOth structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of Itiwatoly per w k . Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 8. Mlcroblolagy. H. 3 crs. p e s&ldy of b d r i a , peasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms, tiidr ebaraeteristia, rOle and control, especially in the fields of sanitation a medlaine. especially for student nurses. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 8 crs. 13-14.t General Zoology. Fr. I, II. A survey of the animal khgdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptatfm, and reproduction of type animals. Biological prlndphg are e ~ g b a d m d . Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 4 crs. 25. General Botany. So. I. A survey of the plant kingdom with special emphasis on the vegetative and reproductive structures of the various plant groups. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4 crs. 51. Genetics. Prereq. 13-14, or 25. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 crs. 56. Ecology. Prersq. 13-14, and 25. So., Jr. II. A survey of local oadlogieal sommtmitier, and a study of the general principles of biol&cd a~wiation succession. Two lectures and one double labwatoxy pePiod o= fiebl trip per week. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 58. General Entomology. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. II. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1965-66.) 4 crs. 64. Microbiology. Prereq. Chem. 6 or 16. 11. The study of bacterk, yeasts, ,molds,*use$ and other micr+organisms; their characttyi&m, Hle, and oofitrol in the home, medicine, agriculture, and industry. Two lectures and three lrrbocatory periods per week. 66. Taxonomy o f Flowering F;an.is. Prereq. 25. Sr. II. 3 crs. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1964-65.) 11. 4 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 68. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. Prereq. 13-14. 71. The Cell. Prereq. 13-14, 25; and Chem. 6 or 16. Sr. I. 4 crs. The ultrastructures of the cell and their physiological processes. 91, 92. Biology Seminar. Jr., Sr. I, II. Required for the biology major. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY Mr. A p e , Mr. Alton, Mr. Holum, Mr. Jorenby I t is the purpose of this department to give students a n understanding and a n appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides a n opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of manmodern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways .to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry a r e offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing, and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high school teaching, o r pre-medical work a r e urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 27 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended a r e : Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 41, 42. Course 3 does not count toward the major o r minor. F o r those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will include Math. 13, 14; Physics 5, 6 ; Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61; 82, and one of 83, 88, or 91. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete 16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61 a r e strongly recommended. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 82, and 83; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 53, 54; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3. Elementary Chemistry. Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. 3 crs. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. . 5, 6. Introductory Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 crs. Fdr prb-datal, hofie emnomi~e,elementmy education, medical *ohnoloaids, and other students not malorw in chemistry, U w s ,and thefihs . of chemistry and of non-met& and met& and their compounds, Qr&aqtc ~hemfstsy is cgnsidered, &%tenlath 6edmicro pafitaflve an&& of catbm is the mnin Iaboratory work t+ second s8lme&r. % w e lectms and four hours of Sabaratory per week. 15, 16. Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry. Fr. I, II. 4, 4 crs. For rnajolzt Irr chemistry,, including pr&medlcal students; others by p x d s s b p Of ItlWucmf. 4.n inteadve course. First semester devoted funclamentat prhciples and second fnotgmia chemistry and qwalil'crdve ana1~5is. Three lenlmes and four b d u s of laboratory per we&. Pmreg.: hQh qhml dheql-, elementary algebra, and geometry. 4 crs. 32. Elementary Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 5 or 15. So. II. Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 6 o r 16. So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures, one recitation, five hours of laboratory per week. 3 crs. 61. Quantitative Analytical Chemistry. Jr. I. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 72. Advanced Organic and Qualitative Chemistry. Prereq. 54, 61; some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent registration). Jr. II. 4 crs. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reaction. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spectrophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and Math. 42 (or 4, 4 crs. concurrent registration). Jr. II, Sr. I. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids. Three lectures and four hours laboratory per week. 3 crs. 86. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 83. Sr. II. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 88. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and 82. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs. A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis. Three hours lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 91. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Prereq. 61. 1. 4 crs. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table, hytlridcs, and coordination chemistry. Prepamlions of inorganic compounds utilizing hot-tube reactions, air Crec .systems, and similar tecl~niqucs, Three lectures and three hours of laboratoly per week. 93, 94, 95, 96. Chemistry Seminars. Jr., Sr. I, II. 0 cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest. 97, 98. Chemistry Research. Sr. I, II. Cr. arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, may participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Mr. Hanwick, Mr. Baker Recent developments in the field of physics make it imperative that excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of physics. I t is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background to make it possible for him to follow, with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of science as they come to him from the medium of semi-scientific publications. Major: 27 credits including courses 53, 54. Minor : 16 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 2. Descriptive Astronomy. Fr. II. 3 crs. A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Two lectures per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky. 3. Principles of Physics. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 crs. A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory. 5. General Physics. Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration in Math. 13. Fr., So. I. 4 crs. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. General Physics. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. II. 4 crs. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52. Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. 11. 3 crs. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eV/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 53. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. I. 3 crs. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 54. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 53, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration in Math. 42. So., Jr. II. 3 crs. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 57. Optics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration 3 crs. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1964-65.) 3, 3 crs. 61. 62. Mechanics. Prereq. 6 and Math. 41. Jr. I, II. Tni.rorluctinn to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a parliclc, molion of JI t'igid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one clilnension, motion in a conservative field. 63, 64. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. 65. Nuclear Laboratory. Prereq. 3 or equivalent, or #. 1. 1 cr. A trvc-tiour lnlmrain~y course d c n l i n ~wilh nlcltintls of detecting and measuring t'nciialions fron~rad~onctivesubstances. Experirnenis include l he usp of gcigcr lubes, windowless counicrs, scintilla1 ion counlcr. Measuri~~a cclulp~ncnti ~ ~ c l i ~ d 11 cvnricty s n l scaling ci~.cuits,electroscopes, and :i gatIutla ray spcctmmetcr. Open to all studcnls who hnvc had fit least u course corrcsrlm~dingto 1'1-inciples of Physics. 71. Heat and Thermodynamics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or 3 crs. concurrent registration in Math. 41. Jr., Sr. I. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 196566.) 3 crs. 72. Mathematical Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41. Sr. 11. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 196566.) 73,74. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration 1, 1 cr. in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, II. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS Mr. Soberg, Mr. Haugsby, Mr. Follingstad, Mr. Johnson The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. Major: 15 credits above 42. For those preparing to teach in the secondary schools, courses 60, 71, 72, and 74 are required. Minor: 6 credits above 42. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 13, 14. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. Prereq. higher algebra and placement test. Fr., So. I, II. 4, 4 crs. An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions. Derivatives and integrals. Introduces set and function theory, complex numbers, determinants, theory of equations, probability, and analytical geometry. Students in course 13 whose backgrounds call for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week. 41, 42. Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Prereq. 14 or equivalent. So. I, II. 5, 5 crs. Study of analytical geometry and calculus. Includes some work in solid analytical geometry. Open to freshmen with four years of high school mathematics who qualify on the basis of the mathematics placement test. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 56. Foundations of Arithmetic. Jr., Sr. II. 2 crs. A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For students preparing for elementary school teaching only. 3 crs. 60. Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. A study of the foundations of number theory, algebra, and analysis, with recent developments in these subjects. 3 crs. 67. Probability and Statistics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. 71, 72. Modern Algebra. Prereq. 41. Jr., Sr. I, II. 3, 3 crs. An introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors. 73. Differential Equations. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I. 3 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. 74. Modern Geometry. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II. 3 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidian, projective and non-Euclidian geometries. Parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptic geometries are introduced using an axiomatic and analytic approach. 3, 3 crs. 83, 84. Advanced Calculus. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I, II. A study of the fundamental notions of Urnits, cwttnulty, differentiation and integration fm iwc~omof one or mare variables. Differentials and Jacobima, partial dlffe~enttation,trmsf&wdan of c u m h a t e s and of multiple Lntogr&, lhe and surface bite@&, valor ana$sis, infinite series and improper integrals. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Mr. Ernest Anderson, Mr. Nelson, Mrs. Mr. Saugestad, Mrs. Schlorf, Mr. Gimse Peterson, Mr. Pearson, The atm of the Depwbent of Heath and Physical Education is to promote health Elnd physfaal l b m s through a well-rounded physical educadan pmgrm, to develop eharacm and g m t sportsmanship, to W e r the worthy use of leisure time, md to pmfde an efPective &elprogram for pm~pea*e waehers d health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major: 30 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 53 or 54, 71, 72, 73, 76, 78, 81, and 87. Biology 4 also required. Minor: 19 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 72, 73, and 87. Non-teaching majors and minors are not required to take 87. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. COACHING ENDORSEMENT : Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools as of September 1, 1966, will be required to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. The following courses will meet the coaching endorsement requirement: Biology 4 ; P.E. 7, 71, 72, 85, and one of 83, 84, or 86. 3, 4. Physical Activities. Fr. I, II. $4, $6 cr. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. 7. Health and First Aid. Fr. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. 3 crs. 12. Individual and Dual Sports. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 3 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week. 21. Team Sports. So. I. 22. Recreational Activities and Rhythms. So. II. 2 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Four hours per week. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 53, 54. Swimming and Aquatics. Jr. I (Women), I1 (Men). 1, 1 cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with life-saving and water safety work. Open only to majors and minors. Two hours per week. 71. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. Jr. I. 3 crs. A study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities. Suggested activities for atypical cases. 72. History and Principles of Physical Education. Jr. 11. 3 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. 73. Physical Education Program in the Secondary Schools. Sr. 1. 3 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. 76. School Health Education. Sr. It. Principles and curriculum of school health education. 3 crs. 2 crs. 77. Community Recreation. Jr., Sr. I. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1964-65.) 78. Instructor's Course in First Aid. Sr. II. 1 cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. Prereq.: evidence of a currently valid standard First Aid card. 81. Self-Testing Activities and Evaluation. Sr. I. 3 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Also a survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. Five hours per week. Men and women meet separately except one hour per week. 83. Coaching of Football. Sr. I. 1 cr. 84. Coaching of Basketball. Sr. II. 1 cr. 85. Prevention and Care of Injuries. Sr. I. 1 cr. 86. Coaching of Baseball. Sr. 11. 1 cr. 87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the Elementary and Secondary Schools. Sr. I. See under Education 87. Separate sections for men and women. 2 crs. special programs of study Affiliation with Schools of Nursing Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish. Fairview, and Methodist Hosvitals in Minneavolis receive some of their' instruction a t Augsburg college. ~ ~ ~ l i c a tfor i o nadmission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. Medical Technology In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. Junior Year Abroad An arrangement has been made with the Uinversity of Oslo in Norway under which students entering their junior year in college may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs, such as those of the Institute for European Studies. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy. Corrective Therapy A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. I t carries no college credit. Honors Program For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered in Basic Bible, Freshman English, General Psychology, and United States History. Students of high ability are invited to make application for honors courses, and are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. General Liberal Arts The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 History or Sociology 3 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . 4 4 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities . . . . . . '/2 I/! FRESHMAN ............. .... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Electives ................ 3 10 - 12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr. Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Foreign Language .... 3 Social Scicncc . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . . . . . . . Natural Scicncc Electives ................ 9 SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 9 I Sem. I1 Sem. Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 Cr. 14 3 14 - Pre-Seminary Curriculum Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended t o prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language Western Civilization Physical Activities Natural Science Electives ...... ...... .... ..... ........ ................ 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 'h 3 2 '/2 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .. ................. New Testament Greek Speech History Sociology or Economics or Political Science ...... Electives ................ ................. Cr. 2 Cr. 4 3 3 3 3 3 5 4 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. Cr 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Fine Arts Natural Science ........ General Psych. ......... Foreign Language ....... History of Philosophy . Electives . ............... 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 - . . 35 ................ ~ SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . ................. 3 .............. 3 ..... 3 . . 3 Electives ................ 5 Rcllglon Philosophy English T~lturnt~we Advanced N.T.Greck 3 3 3 3 4 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, Norwegian, or French. Parish and Church Workers The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the church, as teachers in vacation, weekday, and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The suggested schedule provides for a major in religion. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the head of the Department of Religion. f Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............ ........ Basic Bible Freshman English ....... Natural Science Foreign Language ...... Sociology 1, 2 Physical Activities ........ ..... Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 4 3 4 3 % 3 % JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Prin. of Christian Ed. .. 3 Mission of the Church . . 3 The Gospels . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Protestantism in America 3 Social Psych, or Urban Soc. Y Creits 2 2 ROCP.Aftlviiirw & Rhythms Electives 7 7 ........... ................... - ................ SOPHOMORE Religion 3 , 4 ........... Speech 11, 12 Foreign Language General Psych. ...... Natural Science ........ Story Telling Fine Arts Electives ................ I Sem. Cr. ............ ....... 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 ........... .............. - SENIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . Youth Work in the Church Early Christian Fathers The Christian View of Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . Literature and Philosophy Fields of Social Work Electives .. ................ - 3 3 3 2 6 2 2 3 3 6 Philosophy Major I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization .... Intro. to Philosophy Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ... ..... Cr. Cr. 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 3 3 - - 3 % I/z I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Cr Religion ................ 3 History of Phil. 53 3 Philosophy Electives ... 3 Natural Science Electives 7 ..... . ......... ................ Cr . 3 3 10 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3, 4 ............ 2 2 Religion ...... 3 3 Foreign L a l l l f h l ~ g ~ .... Hist. of Phil. 31, 52 3 3 3 or 4 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 3 Fine Arts .............. Beginning Speech 2 Electives 2 or 3 2 or 3 SOPHOMORE ...... - - ............... SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Philosophy Electives .... 3 3 Independent Study ..... 1 to 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...I 0 to 12 10 - - Because of the non-vocational character of the Philosophy major, students with a major in this field are encouraged to complete a major or a minor in some other field as well. Greek-Latin Major 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Basic Bible ............. 2 2 Freshman English ....... 3 3 Beginning Latin ........ 4 4 Natural Science ....... S or 4 3 or 4 3 3 Western Civilization ... % % Physical Education . , . FRESHMAN . . I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Advanced N.T. Greek Ancient History 3 Religion ..............,. 3 Sneech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fine Arts ............... 3 Natural Science Electives 3 JUNIOR . ........ ........ ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Elements of N.T. Greek Foreign Language ...... Latin 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literary Classics . . . . . . . . The Classical Tradition . SENIOR Greek Exegesis .....,... History of Philosophy . . , Religion ................ Medieval Europe ....... Electives I Sem, Cr 3 3 3 3 4 ................ Sem. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 English Major 1. Graduate Major I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr , 3 3 2 4 4 3 % FRESHMAN ....... ............. ........ ....... Freshman English Basic Bible Natural Science Foreign Language Western Civilization ... Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR British Literature English Elective Religion Electives ....... ....... ................. ................ Cr. 4 3 3 6 Cr. 4 3 3 6 I Sem. n.. SOPHOMORE c.r. Classical Tradition ...... 3 American Lit. Dev. . , . Med. & Ren. Lit. ...... 4 Religion 3, 4 2 Foreign Language 3 Beginning Speech 2 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Natural Science ......... Electives ................ - . .......... ...... ...... SENIOR English Seminar Electives Sem. Cr. 4 2 3 - 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 14 16 ......... ................ Students planning on graduate study should include in their electives: American English or Introduction to Modern English; The British Novel, Shakespeare, Chaucer, Three Major British Poets, Independent Study, and an additional course in American literature; and German, French, Latin, philosophy, and history. 2. In preparation for Secondary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English . . . . . Natural Science ........ Basic Bible ............ Foreign Language ...... Western Civilization . . . Physical Activities , I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 3 3 3 . . . 2 2 4 3 % 4 3 % SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition American Lit. Dev. Med. & Ren. Lit. . Expository Writing Natural Science .... Fine Arts ......... Relieion 3. 4 ....... Forsgn ~ a n g u a g e General Psych. . . . . Beg. Speech . . . . . . . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 . 3 - 2 . JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. British Literature ...... Intro. to Mod. Eng. . . . . . English (Mod. Lit.) . . . . Educ. Psych. . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tchg. in Sec. Sch. ..... Group Activity Electives ................ ......... 4 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 3 3 0 4 -. -4 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 English Seminar . . . . . . . Prin. of Guid. .......... School and Soc. ........ Tchg. Eng. in Sec. Sch. . Stud. Tchg. Sec. School . Shakespeare ............. Health & First Aid ...... Electives ................ 2 2 6 - -3 3 10 At least nine hours of electives are recommended in speech, journalism, or library science. 3. In preparation for Elementary-school Teaching FRESHMAN Freshman English ..... Foreign ~ a n g G a g e General Biology Western Civilization Basic Bible ............. Physical Activities ...... Intro, to Music .......... Human Geog. ........... ...... ........ ... JUNIOR .... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 3 2 '/a 2 - 2 z / ' 3 I Sem. Cr . 4 3 Sem. Cr. - 2 Orient to Elem. Ed. Human Growth & Dev. . Meth. & Mat. (54) . . . . . . Meth. & Mat. (56) ..... US History Religion ................. Amer. Govt. Literary Classics ........ Brit. Lit. Since la00 Found, of Arith. ...... ............. ............ .... - - 3 3 3 3 SOPHOMORE Classical Tradition ..... Med. & Ren. Lit. ....... Foreign Language ....... Religion 3, 4 Prin. of Physics, Astronomy Basic Design General Psvch. ......... ~ m e r i c a n~ n g l i s h ..... Amer. Lit. Development I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - SENIOR - 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. English Seminar ........ Meth. & Mat. (Lang. Arts) Teaching of Reading . . . Children's Lit. Religion ................. Expository Writing . . . . . Health & First Aid Meth. & Mat.: Social Studies ......... Seminar in Teaching .... Directed Teaching in Elem. School ........ Beginning Speech . . . . . . . English 94 Independent Study ... .......... ...... - 3 ........... ........... ........... --.2 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - Speech Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. -- . -- Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ..... Natural Science ........ Foreign Language . . . . . History or Sociology .... Physical Activities . . . . . . . 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 % '12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. -~ Cr . 2 Religion 3, 4 ............ Literary Classics . . . . . . . Foreign Language ....... Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech 31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ 3 3 2 3 3 - Sem. Cr. 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR .......... Argumentation Speech Pathology . . . . . . . Educ. Psychology . . . . . . . Teach. in Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Natural Science Stagecraft .............. Dramatic Arts .......... Electives ................ ........ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 3 - - 3 0 0 - - - - 3 3 3 7 4 f Sem. SENIOR Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching ....... 6 Guidance ............... 2 School and Society ...... 2 Methods ................. 2 Stage Direction . . . . . .,. . Health & First Aid ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Recommended electives: English, History, Social Science, Art. Major in German, French, or Spanish in Preparation rfi Teaching in a Secondary School I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr Basic Bible 2 2 3 3 Freshman Esbllah 3 3 History or Saclology ... Beginning Foreign Language ............ 4 4 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Activities % % SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Intermediate Foreign Language 3 3 Natural Science ......... 3 ..... General Psychology 3 Literary Classics . . . . . . . 3 3 Fine Arts ............... Health & First Aid ..... 3 Electives ................ 3 6 JUNIOR SENIOR FRESHMAN . .............. ..... ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 Teach. in Sec. Schools 0 Grtlup Aclivlty .......... 0 Germall :I, U1 or Fr~nuli51, D l or Spnnlsh 51, 131 .......... 5 or 7 Bdt~clffanalppychology ., - - GPrn!nn. 52. 52, 73, or Fl.encll 52, 72 or Spn111sll 52. 72 Elcctl\'ee ..... , ....... , .. ........ 7 or 9 5 or 0 8 ............ .............. 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. ....... ....... 622 ..... 23 - - 3 - 2 6 Student Teachine school & s o c i e t y . Prin, of Guidance ....... Teaching of Foreign Language Religion ................. German, French, or Soanish 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ i r m a n French, , or Spanish 90 . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives ................ Cr. 3 2 Teaching Major in Music FRESHMAN I Sem. P r -A. ............. Basic Bible 2 Freshman English 3 History or Sociology ... 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 Physical Activities ...... % Applied Music .......... l. or 2 ...... ....... ........ JUNIOR I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 2 'l 1 or 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. CT Cr. 3 3 0 ................ Religion Education 71, 72 . . . . . . . . Education 73. 74 . . . . . . . . Music Theory 55, 56 . . . . . Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choral or Instrumental Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teaching of Grade School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Applied Nusic ......... 1 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 14 oreien Ln!li?un~e 3 3 3 ~ e n e y a l I'syct~olbby .... 3 Natural S r j c i ~ c e .., Music Theory 1. 2 . . . . . 4 4 Historv & it: of Music ................. 2 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 1 or 2 ........... ...... ..... - SENIOR I Sem. Cr. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . Education 78 Education 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 3 Beginning Speech 2 Relieion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ~ e a L h i n gof High School Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Twentieth Century Music 2 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ - Sem. Cr. 2 2 6 ....... 2 2 - or 2 - - 1 or 2 Major in Art FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Drawing I .............. Basic Design ............ Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language ....... Western Civilization Physical Activities Elective .... ..... ................. Cr. 2 2 3 4 3 % 2 Cr. - SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Oil Painting I ........... 3 Sculpture I ........... , . . 3 Print Making I 3 Relieion 3. 4 2 2 Fore>gn ~ a n g u a g e....... 3 3 Social Science ........... 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Electives 3 3 ......... ............ ................ I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . Art History . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . . Social Science or History Natural Science . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 5 - 3 or 4 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . 3 3 SENIOR Oil Painting I1 . . . . . . . . . . Sculpture I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Independent Study . . . . . . Printmaking I1 . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - -2 12 - 3 3 8 History Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .............. 2 ...... 3 ... 3 ....... 4 ........ 3 or 4 ..... % Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activiities 2 3 3 4 3 or d % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr 3 3 JUNIOR ReUnIon ................. Bcgfa~aingSpeecll ...... ....... ................ Fnrliign Lrmgrln~c HIS~L!I'Y A m ~ r i c a nQovcrnment . . Literature or Philosophy . - SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Foreign Language ...... 3 3 U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 General Psychology . . . . 3 Sociology 1, 2 ........... 3 3 Prin. of Economics . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR ............... 3 I Sem. Cr. 3 3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Fine Arts Electives - Sem. Cr. 3 - ................ 11 6 3 3 Combined Social Science Major for Teaching FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Clvllixalion Foreign Language Natural Science Physical Activities ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 % % ...... ... ...... ........ JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. ".. Cr. Lr, Religion ................ Educational Psych. ..... Teaching in Secoildnry Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... History .................. Health & First Aid . . . . . . American Government Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . ..... 3 0 3 3 2 6 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Foreign Language ...... U.S. History ............. Natural Science ........ General Psychology ... Sociology 1, 2 ........... Economics 15, 16 ........ SENIOR Cr. 2 3 3 Cr. 2 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 - I Sem. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . 6 Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 School and Society ..... 2 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Literature or Philosophy Human Geography . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . . . . . . - 3 Sem. Cr - . - 3 3 3 3 5 Major in Sociology in Preparation for Social Work A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years .has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immedate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education and the National Council on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. In consultation with the department head, students may obtain a sociology major without the social-work sequence. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . Western Civilization .... Foreign Language . . . . . Introduction to Sociology Social Problems ........ Physical Education 3, 4 2 2 3 3 4 3 . % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Soc. 57, 59. Fields of 3 Social Woyk .......... Soc. 58, 60, Methods of Social Work ........ Fine Arts Beginning Speech 2 Intro. to Statistics 3 Social Research ......... Electives 5 JUNIOR .............. ..... ..... . I Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . American Government . . Natural Science . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . Principles of Economics Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . Urban Sociology . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . . 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 I Sem. Cr. SENIOR Sem. Cr. - Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crinainology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Psycla. 62, Abnornanl . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Upper Division Courses ............... 10 - Sem. Cr. 3 + + 3 3 ................ Major in Psychology FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 . .............. Basic Bible Freshman English Western Civilization Foreign Language General Zoology Physical Activities ...... ..... ...... ........ ...... JUNIOR 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intro, to Statistics Psych. of Personality ... Experimental Psych. ... Psych. of Measurements . Electives ..... 4 % ................ 7 3 3 4 SOPHOMORE Relieion 3. 1 ............ ~ o r z g nLanguage ...... General Psychology Chemistry or Physics Sociology 1. 2 Beginning Speech Logic .................... Fine Arts I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 3 3 .... ... 4 ...... -32 ............... ........... 2 3 4 3 3 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR History of Psych. ....... Social Psychology Topics in Psych. Seminar in Psych. ..... Electives Cr. 3 ..... 3 ........ - ................ 10 Cr. - + 1 to 2 2 12 Elementary Education Students planning for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in a t least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Western Civilization .... Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Science . . . . . . . 3 Selected from Physics, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, Physical Activities ..... 4 or 4 6) ?h a 4 or 4 % I Sem. I1 Sem. JUNIOR . - Cr Religion ................. American Government . . 3 Ed. 51, Orientation . . . . . . 4 Ed. 53, Human Growth & Development ......... 3 Ed. 54, 56, Meth. & Mat. 0 Group Activity .......... Basic Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Intro, to Music . . . . . . . . . Foundations of Arith. .. 4 Electives in Minor . . . . . Cr. 3 3 4 0 - 2 2 3 SOPHOMORE Religion 3. 4 .. ,. .. , ..... General Rlology ........ General Fs'r;ycholOgy Human Geography ...... U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . . Modern Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid ... Electives in Minor I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 .... ..... 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 I Sem, I1 Sem, SENIOR Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 61, Meth. & Mat. Ed. 62. Meth. & Mat. . . . Ed. 63. Tchg. of Reading Children's Literature . . . Ed. 66, Seminar in Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed. 68, Directed Tchg. Literature .............. Beginning Speech ....... Electives in Minor . . . . . . ... Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 Cr. - 2 - 2 B 2 - High School Teaching Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota a t the junior and senior high school level. The same prgram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission t o the Education curriculum during his sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, and business education, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish, French, speech, music, art, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics and physical education. 'Minors are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature, political science and library science. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 Basic Bible Freshman English ...... 3 History or Sociology 3 Foreign Language 4 Natural Science 3 or 4 Physical Activities % FRESHMAN ............. ... ..... ...... ........ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Lzulglt~ge 3 3 General Psycholum ,, 3 Natural Sctcl~cc 3 or 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid , 3 Electives ................ 5 . ............ ...... .. . .. ......... - . JUNIOR Religion ......... Education 71. 72 . Education 73, 74 Beginning Speech Electives in Major or Minor ...... Sem. Cr. - .. I Sem. I1 Sem. SENIOR Cr. Cr. Religion ................. 3 Education 76 ............ 2. Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . 2' 4S ~ e c i a lMethods . . . . . . . . 2 or - Cr. 3 3 0 ducatio ion 97 - ........... 6. - Literature or Philosophy Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'May be taken I1 Sem. - 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 3 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts, 2 credits; natural science, 3 credits; social science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the student completed four years of a language in high school.) To be valid, approval of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior t o registration for the junior year. Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. -. . 2 Pr Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English ...... 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . 4 History or Sociology ... 3 3 Principles of Accounting Physical Activities ..... % JUNIOR P r -a. 2 3 4 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr Intermediate Accounting 3 3 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 Economics 57, 58 ........ 3 Intro. to Statistics ...... Science .................2 or 4 Fine Arts ............... Z or 3 Auditing or Cost Acc. 3 Electives ................ 3 to 5 3 . - r Sem. Cr SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ 2 Foreign Language ....... 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 Natural Science ........3 or 4 ...... Beginning Speech Electives ................ I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion Auditing or Cost Acc. Business Law .......... 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 15 SENIOR - - Major in Economics FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. --. 2 ............. 3 ...... ...... 34 Cr Basic Bible Freshman English Foreign Language History or Sociology . . Principles of Accounting .......... Physical Activities ..... 3 % C r. 2 3 4 3 3 I12 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. - Cr. Religion 3, 4 2 2 Foreign Language 3 3 Prin. of Economics ..... 3 3 Natural Science ........ 3 or 4 3 or 4 Beginning Speech ..... 2 ................ Electives 3 6 ............ ...... - JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - . Religion ................. 3 Literature or Philosophy 3 Economics 57 58 . . . . . . . 3 3 Intro. to Statistics . . . . . 3 Natural Science ......... 3 or 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis 4 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 SENIOR I Sem. R e l i ~ i n n ................. Anal. Umm. nnd Calculus -6 Cr. -- ..............2 or9 3 Sem. Cr. 3 5 Fine Arts Electives ................ Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History. Major in Business Education in Preparation for Teaching in Secondary Schools E FRESHMAN Basic Bible ........... Freshman English Foreign Lnnguagf ... History or Sncinte~y Physical Acilr+lllcu ... Elem. Typewriting Natural Science .... Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. . ...... JUNIOR ....... ..... ................ ..... I Sem. I1 Sern. Cr. Cr. 2 2 . ... Prin. of .Economics . . . . . Adv. Shorthand ......... Educational psycho log^ , Teaching in Secondary Schools ............... Group Activity .......... Business Law .........., Fine Arts ............... Adv. Typewriting Health & First Aid Electives SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ....... Gen. Psychology ... Prin. of Accounting Elem. Shorthand ... Foreign Language Natural Science . . . . Beginning Speech . Office Machines . ... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 3 0 3 - - - SENIOR ....... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Student Teaching Speclnl Methods Prln. of Guidance School and Society Rcll~Inn Lllerniura or Phflnao~hy Sectmctnrlal Prncttce .... ~ u s l l l r ! ~ Seminar n ...... E1cr:Hves ........ 26 ...... ..... 22 ................ -3 ................ - - - - 3 Home Economics Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them $forhomemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes) . Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 % '12 FRESHMAN .............. Basic Bible Physical Activities Freshman English Soclolo~ry ............... RLoIop!: 1-2, or 4 or 18-14' 0 A r t i n Daily Living .... Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clothing Selection Clothing Construction Chemistry 5 or 5, 6 or 5, 32' ................. ..... ...... ................ ...... . 3 3 3 3 .... . 1 Sem. Cr. 2 ........ ........ 3 2 - Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ......... or 4 3 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 JUNIOR Religion ................. Foreign Language ....... Beginning Speech ....... Prin. of Economics Color and Design ........ Home Planning & Furnishing . . . . . . . . . . . . Family Health . . . . . . . . . . Textiles ................. Educational Psycholog?/ Teachina i n Secondaru Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity ......... Clothing Construction . . . SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 .......... Gen. Psychology Foreign Language ...... Prin. of Physics Marriage & Family Relationships Child Development ..... Food Preparation & Management .......... Electives ................ 2 3 3 2 3 0 2 4 2 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem, Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . . Education 76,78 . . . . . . . . . Education 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teclclting . . . . . . . Home Management Prob. Home Management Lab. Consumer Educ. ......... Teaching of Home E c . 2 - Cr. Cr. 2 2 2 3 3 4 6 2 3 2 2 3 0 - "Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment, as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in dietetics. These students may take the biology course in the sophomore year. Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose program prevent the c~~mpletion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. Biology Major The following course o'f study is recommended for a major in biology. Physics 6 and Chemistry 54 are strongly recommended for students who plan on graduate work in biology. I Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN ............. ...... Basic Bible Freshman English History or Sociology ... General Zoology Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ........ Cr. 3 3 4 4 '12 ..... JUNIOR Cr. 2 f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6 or 15, 16 Literature or Philosophy Genetics ................. Biology 64 or 68 . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. Cr. 3 3 4 4 4 3 2 3 - -42 SOPHOMORE f Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3 , 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech ...... General Botany ......... Human ~ n a t o m y. . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Foreign Language . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR Cr. 2 2 4 - Cr. 2 4 4 3 - I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Taxonomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Cell ................ 4 General Entomology .... Physics 5 , 6 or Chemistry 53, 54 . . . . . . 4 Biology Seminar . . . . . . . % Electives (upper division) 8 Cr. 3 Biology Major for Secondary School Teaching I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 FRESHMAN ............. Basic Bible Freshman English ...... History or Sociology General Zoology ........ Foreign Language ...... Physical Activities ..... .... 4 4 4 4 =/2 JUNIOR Biology 64 or 68 ......... Genetics ................ The Cell Educational Psych. Tchg. in Sec. School ... Biology Seminar Group Activity .......... Health and First Aid , Beginning Speech Electives I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. - ................ ..... ........ 4 4 3 0 .. ....... .................. 6 4 3 % 0 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. - ----. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 General Botany . . . . . . . . Human Anatomy ....... Foreign Language 3 General Psychology .... 3 Chemistry 5. 6 or 15. 16 4 Electivcs ................ 3 ...... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr 3 SENIOR Cr. ................. 3 ............... - Religion Flne Arts ........ - Biology 58 or 66 Tch~:. of Nnttlrnl ScIcnces Fl'iti. CII Guldance Sclhool & Society ..... ....... 2 2 2 Slkldcnl Teocl~ing ....... 6 Litcrnturc nr Philo~ophs Birsloay Scrnltlr~r' '/2 Elcctlvt* ........ ................ - . 3 3 - 3 '/a 4 Chemistry Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan t o do graduate study in chemistry. Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological science and the second year of a foreign language. FRESHMAN I Sem. C r. Chemistry 15. 16 . . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . History o r Sociology Physical Activities ... ..... JUNIOR I1 Sem. 4 4 2 3 3 2 3 3 % ' / 2 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 4 Chemistry 61, 72 . . . . . . . Physical Chemistry (82) Chemistry Seminars (93. 94) Beginning German 'Advanced Calculus .... 'Physics 53, 63, 52 .... Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'Recommended .............. ..... - 4 0 0 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. 4 4 - PW Organic Chemistry (53, 54) Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics (5, 6) . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy . -4' 5 4 2 2 - I1 Sem. -.4 . P . . 5 4 2 3 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Physical Chemistry (83. 86) 4 3 Adv. Anal. Chemistry (88) 3 $dv. Inorg. Chemistry (91) 4 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . . Arr. Arr. Chemistry Seminars (95. 961 .............. 0 0 Religion ................ 3 3 German or French . . . . 3 or 4 3 or 4 - The summer following the junior year is frequently spent on chemical research under departmental sponsorship. Physics Major FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis General Physics (5. 6) . Physical Activities . . . . . 4 4 1/2 4 4 'h I Sem. I1 Sem. Pr Cr. 2 SOPHOMORE --. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Anal. Geom. and Calculus 5 Intro. Atom. & Nuclear Phys. . . . . . . . . Electr. & Magnetism 153. 54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 .Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 German or French 4 ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Fine Arts .............. Differential Equations . . Mechanics ............... Adv. Physics Lab. (63, 64) ............... Literature or Philosophy German or French . . . . . . Chemistry 5 , 6, or 15, 10 Beginning Speech ....... 3 3 1 3 3 4 - I Sem. SENIOR Cr. 3 3 3 Advanced Calculus ..... Religion ................. *Heat & Thermodynamics Adv. Physics Lab. (73. 74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mathematical Physics . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sern. Cr 3 3 . 1 6 *Offered alternate years Combined Science Major for Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry 5, 6 (or 15, 161, 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in upper division courses. Science minor for elementary school teaching: 3 credits each of physics, astronomy, chemistry; 6 credits of biology; and 9 additional credits in one area of science, at least 3 of which must be in upper division courses. Mathematics Major The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in Mathematics. X Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 4 4 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . 3 3 Beginning German ..... 4 4 Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 History or Sociology . . . . 3 3 Physical Activities !/z % FRESHMAN ..... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Modern Algebra . . . . . . . . Probability and Statistics Basic Concepts of Math. Religion ................. Biological Science . . . . . . 3 Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 3 3 3 3 3 3 or 4 - 4 3 4 - I Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr 5 4 3 2 Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Intermediate German . . . Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts ............... Beginning Speech . . . . . . . . 2 - I1 Sem, Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 I Sern. I1 Sem. SENIOR Advanced Calculus ..... Differential Equations Modern Geometry ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Mathematics Major for Secondary School Teaching FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 Intro. to Math. Analysis Freshman English . . . . . . . Foreign Language . . . . . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . History or Sociology . . . Physical Activities ..... JUNIOR '/2 I1 Sem. Cr. 4 3 4 2 3 % I Sem. I1 Sem. Modern Algebra ........ Advanced Calculus . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psych. . . . . . . Teaching i n Sec. Schools Group Activity . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 3 3 3 0 7 Cr. 3 3 3 3 0 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. SOPHOMORE Cr. Anal. Geom. & Calculus Natural Science . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language ...... Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . General Psychology Beginning Speech 5 4 3 2 .... ...... SENIOR 3 - Cr. 5 4 3 2 2 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Student Teaching . . . . . . . Teaching of Mathematics School and Society .... Prin. of Guidance . . . . . . Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Concepts of Math. Modern Geometry ...... Natural Science . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 6 2 2 2 3 - Cr. Health and Physical Education Major The following course of study is designed to prepare students for teaching health and physical education in the secondary schools, for working in the related fields of health and recreation, and to assist in qualifying them for the field of corrective therapy. T Sem. I1 Sem. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English Historv or Socioloav -- . . . . ~ e n e r a lzoology . . . . . . . . Physical Activities . . . . . Health and First Aid .... Individual & Dual Sports ..... Cr -- . 2 3 3 4 % 3 - Cr. 2 3 3 4 =/2 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. Religion ................ 3 . 3 Foreign Language 3 3 *Educational Psychology 3 'Teachina in Sec. Schools 3 *Group Activity ........ 0 0 Swimming and Aquatics 1 1 Kinesiology & Adapted P.E. 3 Hist. & Prin. of P.E. 3 Electives in Maior or Minor .............. 4 4 JUNIOR ...... - *Not required for non-teaching majors. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. SOPHOMORE 2 4 3 - ~ e g i n n i n g Speech .... Human Anat. & Physiology . . . . . . . . . . Team Sports . . . . . . . . . . . Rec. Act. & Rhythms . Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Literature or Philosophy 2 'Prin. of Guidance 2 'School and Society 6 *Student Teaching . . . . . . P.E. Program in Sec. Sch. 3 School Health Educ. . . 1 Instructor's First Aid . . s e l f - ~ e s t i n g Activities *Methods in P.E. and Minor Fine Arts ...... .... ......... ............. Medical Technology Students may complete a course leading t o the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work a t Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The following program prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements for the degree. Students planning to enter this program should take higher algebra in high school. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . . Chemistry 5, 6, or 15, 16 History or Sociology . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Beginning Speech Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities Sem. Cr. 2 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 ....... ...... JUNIOR I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr . Cr. 3 Relieion ................. 3 ~~Microbiology ............ 4 3 Foreign Language ....... 3 Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) 4 ~ i o l o g yElective . . . . . . . . 4 6 'Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 *Physics strongly recommended. Other sciences, arts, humanities. - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ........... Elem. Organic Chem. 32 General Zoology Foreign Language . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy 'Electives ............... ........ - 2 4 4 4 3 3 4 2 4 SENIOR Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........................32 recommended electives: English, social In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital. Medicine Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students usually find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical scho'ol to which he plans to apply. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman Enalish . . . . . . Chemistry 15; 16 . . . . . . . Intro. to Math. Analysis Physical Activities . . . . . History or Soc. Science JUNIOR ................. Religion Intermediate German . . . Quant. Anal. Chem. (61) General Physics (5, 6) L~terature or Philosophy Chem. Seminars (93, 94) Elective Pr Pr 2 2 3 3 4 4 % 3 4 4 'h ................. - - 0 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. ...... .... 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 3, 4 ............ Beninnina German ~ e i e r a -zoology l ....... Organic Chem. (53, 54) *Mathematics 41. 42 SENIOR Pr Pr 2 4 2 4 4 4 5 4 4 5 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr 3 3 3 Social Science or Hist. Fine Arts Beginning Speech ....... Genetics ................ General Psychology , Electives ................ Chem. Seminars (95, 05) 'Physical Chem. (83) ,. , . . ............... - .. . 2 4 7 0 - 'Recommended Dentistry Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. The Department of Chemistry is prepared to offer assistance in placing qualified students in dental school. FRESHMAN ...... Freshman English Basic Bible .............. Intro. Chem. & Qual. Anal. (5, 6) Intro. to Math. Anal. .. General Zoology Physical Activities ... ........ ..... I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 3 2 2 4 4 4 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Physics (5, 6) . 4 'Organic Chem. (53, 54) 4 . 4 4 4 % 'Chem. 61, 32 may be substituted for Chem. 53, 54, but the latter is recommended. Nursing Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have a t least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. FRESHMAN I Sem. Cr. Basic Bible ............. Freshman English ....... Foreign Language Sociology ............... Chemistry 5 Psych. or Geography Art or Music ............ ....... ............. ... 2 3 4 3 4 Sem. Cr. 2 3 4 3 - Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Minneapolis, take some of their course work a t College. Applications for admission to this program made directly to these hospitals. Lutheran Hospitals, Augsburg should be Law Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education a t the college level. The student is advised t o select a broad program of study including courses in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. A suggested three-year curriculum is given below: Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Basic Bible . . . . . . . . Freshman English . Foreign Language Western Civllization Natural Science . . . . Physical Activities 2 3 . JUNIOR 2 3 4 4 3 4 '12 3 4 '/z SOPHOMORE ............ I Sem. Cr. R c l l ~ l o n3. 4 &nR!isll 2:. '10 ........... Foreign Language Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Social Science .......... Natural Science ........ Electives ................ 2 3 3 Sem. Cr. 2 ....... 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Rallglnn ................ Beginning Speech ...... ............... Plnc Arts Electives ................ Cr. 3 Cr. 3 12 10 - 2 2 Engineering A student may take two years of pre-engineering a t Augsburg before transferring t o a school of engineering. The following curriculum is recommended. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr . Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . . . Anal. Geom. & Calculus General Physics . . . . . . . . Social Science . . . . . . . . . . Physical Activities ...... SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . English 40. 42 . . . . . . . . . . . ~ d i a n c e d Calculus . . . . . Physics 52, 53 . . . . . . . . . . Differential Equations . . Inorg. & Qual. Chemistry rr. rr Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology a t the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. It is recommended that these be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. Secretarial Work The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A Secretarial-Work Certificate is awarded on completion of the two-year program. FIRST YEAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 3 1 3 Basic Bible .............. Freshman English ...... Elementary Typewriting Office Machines . . . . . . . . Elementary Shorthand . . Physical Activities ..... Electives ................ . - 3 % 8 3 1/2 6 SECOND YEAR 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Religion 3, 4 ............ Beginning Speech Advanced Typewriting . Advanced Shorthand .... Prin. of Accounting . . Secretarial Practice ..... General Psychology ..... Electives ................ Cr. 2 .... 4 3 3 5 Cr. 2 2 3 3 3 3 PERSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board . . Mr. G. S. Michaelsen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Vice-chairman The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. F. Pautz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. R. E. Myhre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term Expires 1964 Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota Plastics, Inc. The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service Mr. Herbert Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Investors Syndicate Life Insurance and Annuity Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota 116 The Rev. David Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope .Secretary . .Treasurer The Rev. Harry T. Sorenson, Bellevue, Washington Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd The Rev. Erling Tungseth, Rochester, Minnesota Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church Term Expires 1965 Mr. R. F. Pautz, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company Mr. Philip C. Helland, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Mr. U. W. Tervo, Rochester, Minnesota Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota Term Expires 1966 Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota Education, Northfield Public Schools, Farming Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Gamble Skogmo, Inc. Term Expires 1967 Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota Manager, South Side Insurance Agency Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President Clifford M. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development Martin Quanbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager Peter Armacost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Gerda Mortensen . . . . . . .Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students. Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant to Dean of the College Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the General Faculty Mrs. Jean Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant . Registrar Karlis Ozolins (on leave 1963-64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian Mrs. Mariorie Sibley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting . Librarian 1963-64 Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hielmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions Arthur Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supervisor of Plant Services Richard 1. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services Bjarne Landa . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist . Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Service Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Special Events Mrs. Ruth Gamm . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . Director . of News Bureau Mrs. Jacquelyn Gimse . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Physician COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY President's Cabinet: 0.Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, Mandsager Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, Thorson, Chrislock, Nash, Hanwick, R. Anderson, Halverson, Miss Pederson, Armacost Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck, Saugestad, Miss Cole, P . Thompson, Budge Student Personnel: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs Teaoher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Agre, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Miss Cole, Savold Library: Mrs. Sibley, Sateren, Colacci, Mrs. Jensen, Alton, Benson Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold *Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Thut, Ecklund Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge, Sonnack, Mrs. E. Olson, Thompson, Fosse, Holum Institutional Studies: Holum, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, G. Johnson, Chrislock *Religious Life: Mandsager, Sonnack, Gisselquist Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Miss Sonsteng, Hatchek *Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, M. Quanbeck, Follingstad, Mickelberg *Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund Nominations: Kleven, Urdahl, Hammarberg Administrative: 0. Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse Foreign Students: Miss Joel, Hansen, G. Johnson, Miss Segolson *Joint Student-Faculty Committees THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov, A.M., lnstructor in French (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1963; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University, University of Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg 1960-63. Courtland L. Agre, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Chemist, 193740; U.S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1946-58; University of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Earl Alton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University of Michigan, 1955-58. At Augsburg since 1960. Lyla Mae Anderegg, A.M., lnstructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and Counseling, High School, 194546, 1951-53 ; Teaching : E a s t Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 1954-56; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. Ernest W. Anderson, M. Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 193741. U.S. Army, 194146. At Augsburg since 1946. Oscar A. Anderson, LL.D., President of the College A.B., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Pastoral work, 1942-48, 1954-63; Executive Secretary, Young People's Luther League (ELC), 1948-54. At Augsburg since 1963. Raymond E. Anderson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Peter H. Armacost, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students (on leave 1961-63.) A.B., Denison University, 1957. Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Teaching Assistant a t University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. Manmohan S. Arora, M.A., Instructor in Economics B.S., Ranja's College, India, 1957; M.A., Delhi School of Economics, India, 1959; Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Leroy A. Baker, A.B., lnstructor in Physics A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis Honeywell. At Augsburg 196&62 and since 1963. Emil Balz, Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Spanish Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Prof. Language School, Germany, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1963. Waltraud Balz, Akadem. Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Modern Languages Abitur, Victoria Oberschule, Germany, 1942; Akadem. Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1947. Teaching: private lessons, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Merrilyn Belgum, M.S.W., Instructor in Sociology A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946: W.S.W., UnlveiUsityof Denver, 1956. Qlisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran W ~ l f n r eSociety, Iowa, 194952; Depnrtmcnt of Public Welfare, Anchmbage, A I ~ s k a ,1952-54; University of Denvcr, Field Inaiructor, 195657; Denver Public Schools Social Worker, 1957-60,At Augshurg since 1960. John Benson, M.A., lnstructor in Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961. Additional study: Columbia University. At Augsburg since 1963. William Bergstrom, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1950-55, University of Minnesota, 195563. At Augsburg since 1963. Nelly T. Blackburn, B.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Earlham College, 1949. Additional study: Oberlin College. Teaching: Macalester College, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Oscar Blegen, Jr., B.A., Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bruce P. Budge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., University of Idaho, 1953; M.S., 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1955-57. Weyerhauser Company, 1953-55, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Harold Cannon, B.A., B.S., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Jacqolyn L. Cherne, A.B., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-62 and since 1963. Carl Chrislock, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 193944; Tracy Junior College, 194748; Augustana College, Sioux Falls. S. Dak., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. 120 C. Winston Chrislock, M.A., Instructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1964. At Augsburg since 1964. Bernhard Christensen, Th.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christian Education (on leave 1962-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 192225; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin G~ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, N. Dak., 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President 1938-61. Gracia Christensen, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Hunter College, 1932; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1935. Additional study: University of Chicago. At Augsburg 1959-60, 1961-62, and since 1963. Nadia Christensen, B.A., lnstructor in Spanish B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of San Carlos, Guatemala. At Augsburg since 1963. Mario Colacci, Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and Latin Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching : Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40 ; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 194149. At Augsburg since 1952. Ailene Cole, A.M., Associate Professor of Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956. K. Berner Dahlen, A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; CrosbyIronton Junior College, 194041. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. Kenneth L. Davenport, M.M., lnstructor in Strings B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938. Teaching: St. Olaf College, Carleton College, Gustavus Adolphus College; St. Paul Public Schools; Anoka Public Schools since 1953. Member of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra for 14 years. At Augsburg since 1962. Sheldon Fardig, M.M., Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota; Dalcroze School of Music, New York. Teaching: High School, 1940-46; Olivet College, 1949-54; Moody Bible Institute, 1954-56; Bethel College, 1956-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Henry G. Follingstad, B.E.E., C.D.T. diploma, lnstructor in Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Additional study: Rutgers University, University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194748; U.S. Armed Forces Institute, 194546; Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1948-62. At Augsburg since 1962. Burton P. Fosse, B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U.S. Army, 194346. Industrial Engineering work, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Stephen Gabrielsen, B.A., Director of Male Chorus B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1963. Daryl Gibson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 194748; Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954. Jacquelyn L. Gimse, B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence and Social Coordinator R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960, Moline Public Hospital, 1957-58; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. At Augsburg since 1961. A. Malcolm Gimse, B.A., Instructor in Swimming B.A., Macalester College, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Orloue Gisselquist, A.M., Assistant Professor of History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1956. Frank A. Gruver, M.D., College Physician and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University of Utah, 1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Private practice, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1963. Donald R. Gustafson, A.M., lnstructor in History (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota; Wisconsin. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. William H. Halverson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton University, 1959 ; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching : Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. Carl R. Hammarberg, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Director of Placement and Testing A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. At Augsburg since 1953. Leif E. Hansen, A.M., lnstructor in Modern Languages A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Min~esota, 19%. Additional study: Michigan, Stetson University. Wisconsin. Teachjng : High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wiscot~sin, I9GO-61. At Augsburg since 1961. lrene Hanson, M.S. in Ed., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education B.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1946; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194649, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Theodore J. Hanwick, Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching: Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193% 42; U.S. Naval Academy, 194246; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At Augsburg since 1956. George W. Hatchek, LL.D., lnstructor in Modern Languages LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Additional study: University of Minnesota, Middlebury College. Interpreter a t United States Surplus Depot, France, 194446; Teaching: International Institute and YWCA, 195460. At Augsburg since 1960. Ruben G. Haugen, M.M., lnstructor in Woodwinds B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1951. Additional study: University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-52; Breck Military Academy, 1952-55; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958. Orvald B. Haugsby, A.B., Assistant Professor of Mathematics A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Melvin A. Helland, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave 1960-63) A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Addiional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 193&10 and 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1941. A. Robert Hemmingson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Grace Hinrichs, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. Teaching: Wisconsin State College, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1962. John R. Holum, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Additional study: California Institute of Technology. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 195SF9. U.S. Armed Forces, 195557. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. lrene Khin Khin Jensen, Ph.D., lnstructor in History and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-50. At Augsburg 1 9 5 5 5 6 and since 1959. John Jensen, A.M., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961. Mildred V. Joel, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Clifford Johnson, C.T., Vice President in Charge of Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1939. Pastoral work, 1939-1953, 1954-1962. At Augsburg 1953-54 and since 1962. Einar 0.Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Wnsklngtnn, 1950; Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Nalsvny. Teaching: Elementary and High School, 193M0; Universil,y of Washin@on. 1953-9; Luther College, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. Glen W. Johnson, B.S.E., B.D., lnstructor in Mathematics and Philosophy B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. James Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Piano A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Julliard School of Music, 1958. At Augsburg since 1961. Mary E. Johnson, M.A., lnstructor in French B.A., Smith Collw~,1947; M.A. in Christian Education, Columbia University, 1950. Additional study: Michigan, Oslo, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 19G2. Dean of Women, Luther College, 1954-55. At Augsburg since 1963. Winfield Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943; A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Donald E. Jorenby, MS., lnstructor in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; MS., University of Minnesota, 1962. At Augsburg since 1962. Robert Karlen, A.M., lnstructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional study: Berkshire Music Center, Massachusetts; Morzarteum, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-53; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-59; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. 124 Mimi B. Kingsley, A.M., Associate Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Bernhardt J. Kleven, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 1922-35; Wheaton College, 194647. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. Bjarne E. Landa, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching : High School, 1930-31 ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42 ; Fisk University, 1945-47. U.S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1947. Dennis Lane, B.S., lnstructor in Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota, 1942-43; MrcPhail School of Music, 194551; private organ and piano instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. At Augsburg since 1960. Richard Laue, M.A., lnstructor in History B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., 1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Huron College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Frederick Z. Lesher, M.A., lnstructor in English B.A., Carthage College, 1958; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1962. Teaching: Luther College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Bertha Lillehei, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. At Augsburg 193740 and since 1957. Lorraine K. Livingston, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Gertrude S. Lund, A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching : High School, 194345; West Central School of Agriculture, Morris, 194547; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950. Orlin L. Mandsager, B.D., Campus Pastor and lnstructor in Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1959-61; Pastoral work: 1956-58, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1960-61 and since 1962. Martha M. Mattson, A.M., Associate Professor of Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932. Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching : Elementary Schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. At Augsburg since 1960. Erwin D. Mickelberg, A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956. August Molder, LL.M., Artist in Residence and lnstructor in Art Graduated, University of Tartu, Estonia, 1935; Master of Law, University of Tartu, 1944. Teaching: University of Tartu, Estonia, 1942-44. At Augsburg since 1963. Ernesto E. Moreno, Dr. en Pedagogia, Instructor in Spanish Diploma, Escuela Normal P a r a Maestros, Cuba; Dr. en Pedagogia, University of Havana, 1945. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Rural school, Cuba; Chandler College, Cuba, 1947-59; Havana Military Academy, 1951-60; High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Gerda Mortensen, A.M., Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students with Rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35, At Augsburg since 1923. Arthur Nash, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46, Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. At Augsburg since 1922. Emma L. Nashan, A.M., lnstructor in German A.B., Duke University, 1953; A.M., Indiana University, 1963. Teaching : Sweet Briar College, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1964. Edor C. Nelson, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. Glenn I. Nelson, A.M., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Grier Nicholl, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College, 1956. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of London. Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1958. At Augsburg since 1960. David Nordlie, A.B., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961. Esther J. Olson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194556; Luther College, 1956-60; Luther Theological Seminary, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1960. 126 lver B. Olson, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 193944. At Augsburg since 1945. Karlis Ozolins, A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor (on leave 1963-64) A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Marburg, Germany. At Augsburg since 1955. Patricia A. Parker, A.M., lnstructor in Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan, 1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-51; University of Michigan, 1951-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 1954-56; Minneapolis Public Library, 1956-59. At Augsburg since 1960. Howard E. Pearson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At Augsburg since 1956. Anne Pederson, A.M., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 194546; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg 193244 and since 1946. Katherine Peterson, MS., Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. At Augsburg since 1956. LaVonne Peterson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Universities of North Dakota, Minnesota, and Montana; MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. Martin Quanbeck, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929.36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 194246 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. Philip A. Quanbeck, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion h.~. Augsburg , College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work, 1951-53. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1951-57. At Augsburg since 1957. Lawrence Rogers, Laboratory lnstructor in Astronomy University of Minnesota, 1942. Diploma, Cal Aero Technical Institute, 1948. At Augsburg since 1962. Leland B. Sateren, A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Puhlic Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 194143 and since 1946. Edwin J. Saugestad, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education and Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959. A. Mayo Savold, M,Mus. Ed., Associate Professor of Muslc A.B., Luther College, 1911: M.Mus. Ed,, MncPhail School nf Music, l9t;l. Additiont~l study: M f i r t l ~ Unkola, Minncsota. Tenchina: Renson County Ag~*icult urc! :mtI Training School, hrlridtlock, N, Diilc., 1934-37'; L a m h ~ r t u n Public Schools, 194142 and 3 9.IB4S. U.S. Arrncd Fol*ces J94%45; GIcnwond Pul,lic Schools, 194R-52. At Augshwg since 7952. Donna L. Schlorf, A.B., lnstructor in Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; Additional study: Minnesota, Colorado, Oslo. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 1955-61. At Augsburg since 1961. Ruth Segolson, M.S., Professor of Home Economics B.S., '- University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study : Minnesota, Syracuse University. Teaching : High School, 192528; University of Minnesota, 192844. At Augsburg since 1944. Marjorie H. Sibley, A.M., Assistant Librarian (Acting Head Librarian, 1963-64) A.B., Unfversity of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota. T c a c h i n ~ :Elementn~~y, 3840-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librm-iun, Macalcster College, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. George Soberg, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. Ruth Sonsteng, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics A.B., Ausburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Oslo. Teaching: High School, 195556; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. At Augsburg 1957-60 and since 1961. Merton P. Strommen, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augshurg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University at Mlnncsdn, 3955: Ph.D., 1960. ~ , 1944-60; Pastor : Mora, Minnesota, 194447. Yooth D i ~ r c l o (~LFC) Director, Lutheran Youth Research 1961-. At Augshurg since 3947. Olaf H. Swenson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 194749, 1950-51. Probation Office, Hennepin County, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1953. Agnes B. Tangjerd, A.M., Archivist A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 192228. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960. Joyce Tester, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., 1959. Teaching: High School, 195557; University of Minnesota, 1957-59 and spring quarter, 1963. At Augsburg since 1963. 128 Phillip J. Thompson, M.F.A., Assisfan?Professor of Art A.R., Concordia Collcg~,1955: M,F.A., Sfnle University of Town, 1958. Teaching: Stntc University fif Iowa, 1957-58; Kokoma Rxlenslbn of Xncliann University, 1958-59. A t Augshtlrg sincc 1959. Paul G. Sonnark, Th.B., A.M, Frofesfor of RellgTen A.R., Augslwg Col I g42; C.T., Augshitrg Theoln~icalSminnrgr, 1945; Th.B., 1$187; h , M . , Univmily of Chicago, 1960. P R S L O M~m, ~ eLalce, Mime- Gerald H. Thorson, Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study: Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting Professor, University of Raykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1946. John Thut, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen C~Ilege,1923: R,Mus., AInPric~nConservatory of Music, 1929: M.Mus., 1936. Addilionnl sturly: Minnesota, Northwestern University, Privnte work in singing wilh Rollin Pensc, Charles LaBerge, Eksel Schioiolz. Special studlcs with Theodore Hnrrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947. Vera Thut, B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music, and Minnesota. Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 192646; Colorado State College of Education, 194647. At Augsburg since 1947. Joel S. Torstenson, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194547. At Augsburg 193S42 and since 1947. E. Margaret Trautwein, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg 1950-54 and since 1961. Erling J. Urdahl, A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. Jesus Zarandin, A.M., lnstructor in Economics B.S., University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963. Wauneta Blackburn, A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School, 1930-46; Stout State College, 1946-61. At Augsburg 1961-63. Mary A. Hinderlie, A.M., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1937-39. At Augsburg 1961-63. Kathryn Jurkovic, B.S., lnstructor in Logic B.S.,St. Olaf College, 1957. Additional study: Northwestern University, Drake University, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. 1: Harold M. Kambak, A.B., Director of Public Relations Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. At Augsburg 1958-63. A.B., Benjamin T. McClure, Ph.D., lnstructor in Physics B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1952. Teaching: Research Assistant, Harvard; Teaching Assistant, Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63. Rod Myers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., University of California, 1955; M.A., Reed College, 1960. Additional Study : University of Minnesota. Teaching : Elementary schools, 195461. Research Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1961-62. At Augsburg 1962-63. Kristoffer F. Paulson, M.A., lnstructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg, Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg 1960-63. Jack Ross, M.S., lnstructor in Sociology B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., George Williams College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, Minnesota, 1960-61. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1961-62. Social work, 1952-60. At Augsburg 1962-63. Robert T. Sandin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; Ph.D., 1963. Teaching: Bethel College, 1952-55; Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1955-57; University of Minnesota, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1958-59 and 1962-63. Donald G. Shamblin, A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Marshall University, 1952 ; A.M., Universidad Nacional, Mexico, 1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954; Colegio Mexico, 1955; University of Minnesota, 1958-61; Macalester College, 1961-62; NDEA Institute, summers 1961, 1962. At Augsburg 1962-63. John M. Stensvaag, Ph.D., Professor of Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 194Z59; Dean, 1953-59; Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. At Augsburg 1942-62. Talvryn Tischer, B.A., Teaching Fellow in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. At Augsburg 1962-63. Harold Tollefson, A.B., M.Th., lnstructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1955. Additional study: University of Heidelberg. At Augsburg 1959-63. A. Bruce Wrightsman, B.S., lnstructor in Mathematics and Religion B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1960-63. GRADUATES AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1 962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Aadland. Marlin Bennie Stronafield. Sask. . . ~ n d e r s o n ,Barbara E. .......... Roseau Anderson, Garry B. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Mercia Joy . . . Rockford, 111. Anderson, Robert W. Elroy, Wis. Arneson, Frederick W. . . . . . Minneapolis ...... Baker, Jerrold W. . . . . . ,,. . Minneapolis Barney, Jerome C. ............. Stewart Bauman, Philip Quentin . Minneapolis Anoka Bengtson, Judith Anne Minneapolis Bergly, Richard N. Bostad, John Clayton Minneapolis Minneapolis Brown, Wendell John Brude. Joanne ............. Minneapolis Brynildson, Donald E. .. New Richland . .......... .... ..... ......... ....... Minneapolis Carlson, Bonnie Mae Christensen, John W. Cleven, Harry Thomas ......... St. . DeForest, Paul Wis. Coltvet, Sherman P. Cook, Barbara Helen Dyrud, Loiell Estherville, Iowa ........ Newfolden 0. . . . . . Thief River Falls .. Minneapolis Yvonne Lerfald James F . ........... St. Paul Marilyn Ann Brainerd Marjorie Adele Gatzke rickso on', Kenneth Neil Cambridge Evavold, Earle Roscoe Battle Lake Egertson. Ekstrand, Ellingson. Engevik ...... ...... ...... ..... ...... Fellrath, Mary Lee Fisher, Roger LeRoy Whitehall, Wis. . . . . . . . Minneapolis .... Geldert, Daniel Thomas Minneapolis Gildseth, Bruce L. ........... Hoffman Grover. Paul Ralph . . . . . Rochelle, Ill. unders son, Paul ~ e r t r a n d Sioux City, Iowa 1 Haack, Harlin H. ........... Minneapolis O'Brien, Sharon K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca Haglund. Lyle W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olsen, Diane Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Halverson, Frederick S . .... M i n ? + f c ~ ~ ~ o l lOlson, s Kenneth H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson Hanenburg. Kay L. ............... IWnfr~ Olson. Marilyn Carol .. Lacrosse, Wis. Hanse, Bonnie Jean . , . . . . . . . . . . Morris Olson, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hanson, Dale Edward ...... Minneapolis Oppegard, Milo M. ......... Albert Lea Hanson, Patricia K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin Osberg, J o h n Wilson . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hassing, Joan Eileen Minneapolis Ose, Julia E . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Heikkila Alice J. ........ Pelkie. Mich. Ost, David H. ........... Parkers Prairie Helgeson, Rodney A. . . . . . . La?nbel.ton Overmoen, Sonia R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Helland, Claire Elaine ...... Minneapolis Ovikian, Michael 0. Jerztsalem, Israel Hoversten. Lorna Lavonne Radcliffe, Iowa Patton, Jeanne A. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hovland, Peter C. ............... Morn Paulson, Betze Karen . . . . . . . . . . . Halls Hugo. John Robert Minneawolis Paulson. Kermit Earl .. Claziton. Wis. New ~ r i i h t o n Pedersen, Elaine Ruth . . . . . ~ i n n i a ~ o l i s Hunt, Duane R. Peterson, Donna M. ........ Minneapolis Ilstrup, Robert J . Minneapolis Pierson, Waldo Allen . . . . . . Minneapolis Pommerenke, James Warren . . elg grade Jacobsen, Cynthia Ann Scarsdale, N.Y. Johannsen, Clair A. Hzintley Quitno, James Charles . . . . . Minneapolis Johnson, David William Manitowoc, Wis. Johnson, Jennelle Kay . . . . . . Minneapolis Ring A n Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Johnson, Judy D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis ~ o l l d f f%lizabeth , I. . . . . . . . . . . . New Ulm Joing, Roger Harry . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Ronholdt, Tamara A. Murdock ...... ......... .......... .......... .. ........... ........... King. Charles W . . J r . . . . . . . Minneanolis ~ n G s o n ,Lois ~ n .n. . . . . . . . . . .~ u n i u r g Korsmo, Gayler Leland Northwood, N. Dak. Kronstad, Ingolf Berge . . . . . Minneapolis Kubota, Cynthia . . . . . Gun Chiba, Japcin Kuszler, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Kuyper, Jerrold E. ......... Northfield Kyllo, Eunice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo Sather. Arne C. ............ Minneanolis ~ c h m i d t ,Marilyn F. ........... ~ a k w i n Scholten, Harold Bernard ...... Holland Schwartz, Roger Dudley ...... St. Paul Scott. Ronnie Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneawolis soberg, George, J r . . . . . . . . ~ i n n e h o l i s Sorensen. Mary Ann E. . . . Hutchinson Sorenson, John David . . . . . . Eleva, Wis. Stahlke, Richard D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stierna, Gale Melodie Bloomfield Hills, Mich. Stockman, Earl Allyn Stewart Strand, Eugene Mathias ........ Braham Stuber, Sally Marie . . . . . . . . Manneapolas Sundquist, Lewis J . Minneapolis Minneawolis Svendsen. Karen Elizabeth Swanson, Paul Steven ...... ~ e r k h b v e n Larson, Budrow C. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Larson, Dean Ernest . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Larson, Marilyn Virginia . . . . . . St. Paul Lasley, James George . ...., Faarmont Lerstad, Judith Ann Mi~tlrenpnlis Lindeman. Ronald ............. F1oz)kfnr ~ l n d s t r o m ,Richard Milton ...... I;lre#cll Lorents. Olivia Gordon . . . . . Minnenpolls Lystig, J . David . . . . . . Minnecc~~olis Taylor, Kathleen Ann Shell Lake. Wis. Willmar Tengwall, Sandra Joan Tjon, Twylah Ann ... Rugby, N. Dak. Madison, Ina J o . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly Tracy, Kay Frances . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson Malmsten, Theodore R. .... Minneapolis Tveite. Allan Peter ......... Minneapolis Matson, Elizabeth Joyce . . . . . . Virginia Tweiten, Roger Allen . . . Fargo, N. Dak. Mattison, Phillip LeRoy . . . Lamberton Molldrem, Ariel Robert . . . . Minneapolis Veien, Richard D. ........... Ellendale Mortenson, Gerald W. .... Minneapolis Vomhof, Daniel W. Tucson, Ariz. Nelson. Kendall Peter . . Minot. N. Dale. Nelson, Ronald C. ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s Wallin, Mary Ann C. ...... Minneapolis Newsum, Edwin L. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nordin, Rose Marie . . . . . Lake Lillian Zahl, Carol J e a n Minneapolis ........ ....... ...... . ........ ..... ........... graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Almlie, Vernon Edward . . . Minneapolis Alstead, Jerry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Amundsen, Duane George . . Minneapolis Anderson. A. Lois Grossman . . St. Paul ~ n d e r s o n ; Carol J e a n . . . . Minneapolis Anderson, Helen Elizabeth ...... Clzmax Anderson, Luther Alfred . . . . . . Hoffman Anderson, R. Charles . . . . . . Minneapolis Apold, Carol Ann D. . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin Arndt, Charles Fred . . . . . . . . . . . Cosmos Bagley, Carol J e a n Bailey, David Arnold ........Zimmerman ........... St. Paul Bakken, Faith Elizabeth . . . . . . St. Paul Batalden, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . . . Lamberton Batalden, Paul B. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beckman, Ronald R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Beglinger, Barbara J o y . . . . . . . . Moorhead Berglund, Kenneth Lee . . . . . Minneapolis Bevis, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Bjurlin, Morris A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Farwell Bloomfield, Nancy Helen . . . . . . . . . lsanti Botten, Einar Nelvin . . . . . . . Minneapolis Brecht, Dwayne Elwood . . . Minneapolis Brown, Earlene L. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Bryan, Constance Jean Wicklund Minneapolis Carlson, Kenneth Joseph . . . . . . Willn~nr Carlson, Richard Melvin ....... Willmcir Carlson, Wendell E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Colcnlo Carlstedt. Linda Marie ..... Minnenpolis Christensen, Mary Thorynne Minnecil~olis Christiansen. Wayne G. . . . . Minneapolis Clauson. Reta R. . . . . . . . . . Yorkville, Ill. Cowan. William Owen . . . . . Miitneapolis DeBar, Bernard Edwin ......... St. Pa111 Deen, Erinon Louis .........Mi?uaeopolis Detjen, Ronald Dean .............. Wells Donald, James Marr Minnecipolis Droegemueller. Beryl D. ... Mi?anenpolis Dygert, Robert V. .......... Min?aeapolis ....... Farmer, Lannell J o h n ... Madiso?~,Wis. Franzen, Richard Keith . . . . Minneapolis Marks, Myra . . . . . . . . . . . . Lestev Pl'nirie Meena. Joshua Sisia . Moslti. Tnngrn~?lilia Meffert. Robert Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Ga?llord Meister. Jerelvn Hovland . . . . . . St. Paul Mjo~iess, ~ l l e ;Orlaine ~ .... Minneapolis Monson. Paul S. ............... Savage Mortrud. David Lloyd . . . . Minneapolis Nelson, Andre Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Pan1 Nelson, Carol Ann Erickson . Mi~zi~eripolis Nelson. Dallas S. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nelson. Lola Mae ............. Roseall Nelson. Richard Cris . . . . . M i n n c a ~ ~ o l i . ~ Noe. Ronald LeRoy ....... ~ i n n e a i ~ o l i f i Nygaard. Jon I. . . . . . . . . . . Minneal~olis Olson, Gordon Hanley . . . . . Minneapolis Olson, LaVonne Marie C I L I I L ~ L 'Wis. ~~~~L~L~, Olson. Robert James . . . . . . . Minneapolis Osterberg, Russell D. . . . . . . . . Watkins Pankuch. Leonard Edward .. Minnea]~olis Paulson, Gary Ward ........ Minnenpolis Garvin Peterson. Glenn D. Peterson, Jeffrey Gordon Minneapolis Peterson. Marilyn R. ....... Kerkhovela Petrik, Diane Marie ........ Minnenpolis Petroskey. Yvonne Marie . . . . . Virginia Min?aeawolls Petterson. Jerome Glendoa Proctor. David D. .......... Minneapolis ............. ... Gabrielsen, Stephen ............. Fcrvtilt? Gans, Carl W. ............. Mi!u~{!ctpciliu Gilomen, C. nonnld ........ filinrrru~rt>lls Gjerde. Phlllr, 0,............. Sul~rll~nrrl GjcstJcld. Donald Milton SF. Pit117Prrl'l: Rasmussen. Paul E. C~lnaberl<t?td.Wis. Grululer. David C. Blaitcl~nrlll)illt!. Il'is, Raymond. Lloyd Edward . . . . . . . . Jasper Gultlcn, Dean B. ............ MI~~!IC?I~IDI.I.Y' Reynolds. Susan Loclre . . . . . . St. Paril c Gustafson, Joyce Marion . . U ~ r m i f P-nlFs Rinde. Richard Andrew Wlaite Bear Lake Rnlmck, Jnmcs D. . . . . . . . . . . . fi~i1irmatswtIs Hagen, Joyce Marilyn ...... Minnenpolis Rcrchlrt:, Lclir~td M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. P<ltrf Hagenson, Ronald Thomas 110th. Rlch:lrtl I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hlrfl~ton St. Louis P a r k ntvl, Jert1111c M ~ v l f i. . . . . . . . nfknric.rrfwfis Halvorst~n. Sara J a n e . . . . . . Rucl~cstc~. Rt~!rl?. D11roJd C. . , . . . . . . . . . - , . . . T'fr~l'!~ Hanson, G c o r ~ eOrdean . . . . . . Srn~~lyd! Rtiurl, Hullr A I ~ ~ I P. . . . . . . . . M+n~lc~(~lri)ll!i Hanson. Harlan E. . . . . . . . . . Mlftltcoin~lls Rgstri, dctlun F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl~nskfl ~ a n s o . 1 ; Mary M. ...... P a ~ k e r sPI.-ciirie Heggen, Gaylen K. .. Estherville. IozUct Sandbo. Hans Knutson . . . . . Minneapolis Helmstetter, David W. ......... Newport . Minneapolis Sandgren. Carol Ferris Henrickson, Brenda Joyce . Htitclainson Sandgren, David Peter ..... Mii~nenpolis Hermstad, Richard P. . . . Ar~rovn, Colo. Sather, Ruth L. ............... Franklin Heryla. Peter T. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minnec~polis Satter. Allen A. ............ Min?~errpolis Hess, J u d i t h A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N o ~ t l ~ l i e l d Schober, Albert G. . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Holm, Paul B. .............. St. Pnzll Schroeder. Arvid C. . . . . . . . . Mznnaapolis Holt, Bradley Paul W i l l m n ~ Sch\valm. Clair Jerome .... Minneapolis Howe, Lauralee Kathleen ... St. Pnzll Sidncy. Philip Oliver . . Graflo~a.N. Dak. Hughes, David Lester ...... Mi?~?leupolis Soice, Virginia Mabel ...... Mi?znenpolis Humphrey. Linda Elaine Minneclpolis Soli, Robert Francis . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Spjut, Paul Leander ........... Roseau Jeckell. Carol Nancy . . . . . . Lanabe~ton Staff, Clarice . . . . . . . . . . New York, N.Y. Jensen, Harold C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vining Starkey, Ronald Harry .... Minneapolis Jerve. Rochelle Francene . . . . . . Watson Steenson, David K. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Minneclpolis Jiran, William Rudolph Stinson, Patricia Louise Colunabia Heights Johnson, Carolyn E. ........ Alexandl'ia Stromberg. Paul William . . Minneapolis Johnson. Grace Hilma . . . . . . Sandstone Szepanski. Donald Michael . Minneclpolis Johnson, Linda Margaret ... Beloit. Wis. Johnson, Trudy Ilean . . Shavon, N. Dak. Tangen, Karen M. .Mi?aneclpolis Jones, Carolyn Margrethe ... Minneapolis Taylor, LaVonne Helen Minneapolis Joubert, Nancy M. . . . . . . . . . Mi?~neapolis Teppen, Frederick A. Minneapolis . . . ............ ... .... Kallestad, William Bruce . . . Minneapolis Keller, Lee Elmer . . . . . Neillsville, Wis. Koss, Kenneth Francis . . . . . . Minnec~polis Lading. David William . . . . . Robbi?asclclle Lapham, James Sigurd . . . Flushing. N.Y. Larson, J e a n R. . . . . . . A?nherst Jct., Wis. Larson, Wallis N. . . . Cunaberland, Wis. Lassila. Bonnie Elaine , . . Minneapolis Lee, LeRoy Edward . . . . . . . Minneapolis Legaarden, Elaine Louise . . Montevideo Leverentz, Alice J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Lielkoks, Anna J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneclpolis Lillestol, Judith C. . . . . . . . . Mi?uaenpolis Lindberg, Diane L. . . . . . . . Minneapolis Linden, Charles L. . . Gvantsbzirg, Wis. Lindquist, Sheryl J o y . Pnrkers Prnivie Lower, Mary Margaret . . . . Minneclpolis . ...... ..... ...... Ross ...... Minneapolis Thompson. Alan Thompson, Steven John .... Minneapolis Torstenson, Ordean L. ........ Dawson Triden, Karen Gayle ........... WfLyZata Tufford, Robert David, J r . .. Minneapolis . Vaala. John Leland Stuart . Minneclpolis Velde, Ellen Ida . . . . . . . . . . Granite Falls Wagner, Christopher Ross La Mirnda, Calif. Wanglie, Ruth Martine Katherine Minneapolis Wanner, John E. . . . . . . . . Almena. Wis. Weigman, Roland Charles, J r . Minnenpolis Wilkins, Doris May Rochester Wilsey, Duane N. .............. St. P a u l Wockenfuss, Lois Irene .... Minneapolis ......... Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1962 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Almquist, Paul Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spicer . Shizuoka-Ken, Japan Ichiyama, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moen, Thomas Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northfield With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Peterson, Eugene S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jackson . . Svanoe, Rennard Gale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1963 With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology Haller, James Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo Husfloen, Richard Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cloquet Juntunen, Wayne Roger Ose, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls Parker, Keith Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash. Pederson, Wallace Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,... . . . . . . . . Willmar With the Degree of Graduate in Theology Christianson, Harlan Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Hatland, Kenneth Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Peterson, Philip Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Stevens, Robert Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul Summary of Graduates Seminary Graduates Graduates Graduates - 1870-1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 710 College Graduates Graduates Graduates Total - 1870-1961 .......................... 1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 281 1 130 171 31 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3822 enrollment summary Augsburg College. 1962-1 963 Class FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . 102 50 115 83 162 134 207 204 44 29 0 44 0 47 0 27 0 76 630 703 . . . . -- Total Academic Year Class Men Women Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 124 167 224 54 0 0 0 0 - 60 86 137 210 40 45 49 27 76 - 671 730 . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . Total 162 210 304 434 94 45 49 27 76 1401 Augsburg Theological Seminary. 1962-1 963 SEM. I SEM. I I TOTAL Men Men Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Firstyear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .............................. 10 13 4 5 32 9 12 3 4 28 10 13 4 5 32 Total Student Enrollment. 1962-1 963 COLLEGE Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1401 1 SEMINARY Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433 . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Augsburg College. 1963-1 964 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 73 101 134 183 38 42 46 40 92 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 749 . . . . - - Total Academic Year Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Men Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683 . . . . Women Total 166 74 260 106 281 138 424 186 98 42 43 43 46 46 40 40 92 92 . 767 92 154 143 238 56 0 0 0 0 - Total Student Enrollment. 1963-1 9 6 4 Men Students . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . .......... Deducting those counted more than once . . 683 767 1450 Academic Administration . . . 47 Accounts. Payment of . . . . 18 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . . . 117 Administration Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Advanced Placement . . . . . . 28 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . 28 Affiliation . . . . . . . . . 2. 8. 98 Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . . 8. 9 Alumni Association. The . . . . 10 Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Art. Department of . . . . 71. 103 Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Attendance. Chapel . . . 31 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . 49 Audio-Visual Center . . . . . 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Biology. Department of 89. 109 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 16 Board of Regents . . . . . . . . 116 Bookstore . . . . . . . 10 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Business Administration . 83. 107 Business Education . . . . . 85. 108 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 . . . . 31 Campus Life Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapel Service. The . . . 31 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 91. 110 Church Workers . . . . . . . . . 100 Classification of Students . . . 48 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Coaching Endorsement . . . 96 36 Co-curricular Program . . . . Committees of the Faculty . 118 Comprehensive Examinations . 50 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . 98 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 55 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Business Administration . . . 107 Business Education . . . . 108 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Church Workers . . . . . 100 Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Economics . . . . . . 107 Elementray Education . . . 106 Engineering . . . . . . . . . 114 English . . . . . . . . . 101 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 General Liberal Arts . . . 99 German . . . . . . . . . . 103 Greek-Latin . . . . . . . . . . 101 Health and Physical Ed 112 High School Teaching 106 History . . . . . . . . . 104 Home Economics . . . . 108 Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Medical Technology . . . 112 Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Parish and Church Workers 100 Philosophy . . . . . . . 101 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Pre-Seminary . . . . . 100 Psychology . . . . . . . . 105 Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Social Science Combined . . 104 Sociology . . . . . . . . 104 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . 102 . Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . . . . . . . . . 2, 140 Development Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 113 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Distinction. Degree with . . . 53 56 Divisional Organization . . . . Dramatics . . . . . . . 37. 65 I index Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 84. 107 Education. Department of . . 79 Education. Elementary . . . 79. 105 Education. Secondary . . . 81. 106 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Eligibility Requirements . . . . . 40 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 25. 45 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 English. Department of . . 62. 101 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Entrance Requirements . . . . . 27 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Home Economics . . . . . . . 86. 108 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 53 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41. 53. 98 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . 98 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Humanities. Division of the . . 61 Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . 39 Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . 98 Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. 17 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 18 Financial Information . . . . . . 15 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68. 103 Laboratories. Natural Science 13 Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. 101 Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . 114 Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 99 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 3 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates-(1 870-1963). Summary of . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guaranteed Tuition Plan . Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99 Mathematics . . . . . . . . 95. 111 Medical Technology . . . . . 98. 112 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . 113 Membership in Educational Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Ministry. Preparation for the . 100 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Modern Languages. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66 Music. Department of . . . 69. 103 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Musical Organizations . . . 38. 71 . Health and Physical Ed . 96. Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . History and Political Science . . . . . . 73. 112 43 106 7 104 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 55 Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses 114 index Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 9 Organizations. Student . . . . . 36 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Parish Work. Curriculum . . . . 100 Part-time Students . . . . . . . 16. 48 Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 18 Personnel Services. Student . . 41 Philosophy. Department of 59. 101 Physical Education . . . . . . 39 Physics. Department of . . . 93. 110 Placement Service for Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 10 Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . 100 Prizes and Scholarships . . . . . 20 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Psychology. Department of 78. 105 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32. 34 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . 116 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Registration. Change of . . . . . 47 Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Religious Program . . . . . . . . 33 Residence Requirement . . . . . 53 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Scandinavian Language and Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 20 Secretarial Courses . . . . . 85. 115 Seminary. Summary of Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Social Sciences, Division of the 73 Social Sciences . . . . . . . 76, 104 Sociology, Department of 76, 104 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 103 Special Programs of Study . . 98 Speech, Department of . . 65, 102 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 34 Student Government . . . . . . 35 Student Personnel Services . . 41 Suspension of Students . . . . 48 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Teacher's Certificate . 79. 81. 106 Teaching Curriculums . . . . . . 106 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43. 50 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 16 University Courses . . . . . . . . . 48 Upper Division Requirements . 53 notes Augsburg College is now in the "centennial phase" of its development program, pointing toward the 100th anniversary of the college in 1969. The centennial phase program, covering the years 1964-1969, is the second phase of a 20-year development program begun in 1959 in which objectives are timed to five-year phases. The college has the following centennial goals for the current five-year period: Facilities - TO construct an art building, a 600-bed high-rise dormitory and a college center; to remodel Science Hall, Old Main, and Memorial Hall; to complete Si Melby Hall and to acquire additional athletic field space. Enrollment - To increase enrollment to 1600 students. Faculty - To increase by ten the number of full-time faculty members. Tuition - To maintain tuition a t levels judged to keep the cost of education a t Augsburg within the range of its constituency. Library - To increase the holdings of George Sverdrup library by 50%. - Budget To increase the educational budget to $2,000,000. Student aid - To increase expenditures for scholarships and grants to $209,000. Endowment - To establish a fund of $50,000 per year for endowed scholarships. DEVELOPMEN1 PROGRAM
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1991
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1991 .................................................................. 2 ............................................................................3 ..........................................................3 ......... ......................................... ....~................... ....,.,.,.. .. . ....... .......44 ..........................................................5 .............................................................34 .................................................................35 ............................................36 Introduction Calendar About this Catalog Options Visiting Students Augsburg Courses UMAIE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Lifetime Sports Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). For More Information Interim Office Memorial 230) Interim*tary, Kay Thoat =lo25 Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b) It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Calendar 1990 .............................................................Interim Registration ........................................................................... Late Interim Registration ......................................................................................... First Day of Interim October 29 -November 2 December 3 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. ........+..C..H...U .....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd ...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 3 January 16 January 18 January 30 February 4 ..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses .................................................................................................... Interim Ends ................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m. About This Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 . Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $708 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses The Florida Keys: Marine Biology of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental sections of this catalog (Biology and English.) The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Marine Biology of The Florida Keys BIO 140-41048; 340-41049 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Distribution: BiologyIChemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Molds, Mushrooms and Humans BIO 141-41047 Instructor: Esther McLaughlin The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips. Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-41001 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg 'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis in-ted in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living. Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room Science 315 A Labaatory Intro&m to Chemisty <31M113.41002 Instructar: JoanKunz Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to &anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work, tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw murse. Distributiom Biology/Chemistry Time:I Room Science 315 COBOL CSC 27141003 Instructo~:LanyRagland A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the progaming assignments and examinations. Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170) Time:I Room: Science 112 Puinciples of Miaaeconornics ECO 1l%4100Q Instrudo~Satva Guvta ~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time:I Room: Library 1 C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim y Betzueen East and West ECO 319-41037 Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained, including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam (takehome),and a paper. Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro) Time: I Room: Old Main 21 EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~ and Orgm'mtbns ECO 31%41038 Instrudac Milo Schield Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~ Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State). Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic ImperMsm". Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning. I quizzes,paper and final. Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO). Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science, Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor. Time: I1 Room: Science319 For more Economics listings, see Page 36 Human Relations EDS 38841050 Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 10 Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten EDE 37541005 Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill: A. Stms key adult/child relationships. B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby current mearchand practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - '%ow to learn". E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans. ER mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices. H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakem and field trips. Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to iden* 1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten 2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit COum. Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess. Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 wtiw o f t h r n w q s ENG 13641051 Instructo~JohnMitchell This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment co-(E itself will involve an interdisciplina~~ program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50 writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams, Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams; and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture, and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men? tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12 pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting. This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell. Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of this catalog (Biology and English) The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this interesting environment. A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) , lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01 Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I Room: Old Main l2 The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm 1 I mG~1007/MW10a) Instructoc Kathryn Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered ,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel. Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a finalscam Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and p~epw a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it. All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel& original fiction from theclass. Prerrquisite: Effective Writing Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech Time: I Room: Music 22 Speech Communi*: W m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their VioftheEnglishLanpge ENG ZL9-4l057 Instructm JohnSchmit 'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and, conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units. 'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the c u m l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst. 'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p . Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies Time: II Room: Old Main 27 ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l ENG 24941009 Instructm Douglas Gram Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: EnglishISpeech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-41042 Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half medit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 Administration and Supemision of the School Health Program HPE 410-41043 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m ) Time: I Room: Murphy Place2 CoachingofBasketbaZ1 HPE 477-41090 Instruchm Brian Ammann ?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-. Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation Thisisa &f cradit catrse. Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays Room: Melby 111 Coachingof Volleyball HPE 48341054 Instructo~:Marilyn Florian This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course. Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE---- 41041 Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Si Melby 202 The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed HIS 33841056 1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and fordp @icy. We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party, Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington. These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study. Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material. Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor Time: I Room Old Main l3 The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course. Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe INS 191-41011 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Distribution: Fine Arts Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part of the class work. Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking About What You Read I N S 120-41055 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and about the Paidcia Program. Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part, on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From "%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential Schools, Brown University.) Time: I Room: Science 319 Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India I N S 241-41053 Instructor: Vincent Peters Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor," "East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context of an emerging nation. South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles. Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue, homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view greatly challenged and enhanced. We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with the colorful celebration of Republic Day. There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests. The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation, accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. W m k LifeTransitions INS24541010 Instructar: Diane Busico Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others? ?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18 on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles. Distribution: Women's Studies Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages LIN 3124UlZ Instrue. Donald Steinmek ?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history. Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese, Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l , Sardinian,Rom,and others. This coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&. Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French, Slavic for Romanian, etc. 'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof SpanishandFd By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the factos which account for the diffenmm. Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final examination Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse Time:I Room Old Main 22 Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math MAT 1324013 I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do& Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you like to irrgroveyour math SHS, be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you. In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ . Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests. Time 11 Room Science212 Ma& ofbrterest MAT 173-41014 Instrum Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for annuities and &ved lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan s men? Or why women have paid less than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d . 'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes. Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics Time I Room Science 212 Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview MUS ll(F41017 Instntctor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 24 Electronic Music Composition MUS 23&41063/430-41015 Instructor: Robert Karlen An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants will be involved in: 1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Beginning Nonoegian I NOR 111-41018 Instructor: Frankil Shackelford Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Room: Old Main 25 What Do You Think Of That? PHI 250-41019 Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly. Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?". Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and class discussions. Distribution: History/Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Music 22 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-41020 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 26. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: MathematicsRhysics Time: I Room: Science 28 Introduction to Space Science PHY 320-41021 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor Time: I Room: Science 205 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 15141022 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math level lII Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 Understanding the Middle East Through Literature POL 241-41062 Instructor: Renee Taft Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar, students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Music 23 Alternative Politics PoLW1058 Instructm RandallKindley 'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and ~ m tmovanenk s that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad. 'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist, anti- nuclear, religious and anti-tion p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the 21st Century be based on these new political cleavages? In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action? How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded, shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to come? Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on class participation, a termpaper and a final exam h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor. Time:I1 Room Murphy Place 3 TheLegalRights oftheAm& Employee and E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve POL 37641099 Instruclor. Phil Fishman This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-. Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination. h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics. Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber. Room Old Main 16 Psychobgy ofthe Legal System PSY 3354024 Nancy Steblay l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision Instru- Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice, ethics and victimization. Guest-1 will include members of the legal and psychological communities. Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible for contributionto classmomdiscussion. Prerequisites: a general psychology course Time: 11 Room: Old Main16 The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols PSY 340-41023 Instntdotr Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology) Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 3704025 Instructor: Duane E.Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class session is requhd. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required. Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 23 The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation REL 445 41006 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 11 The Theology of Mm'age REL,34341026 Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the 1 I I heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian tea*, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the family. discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be Thew willbe,-l based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required. Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I Room Music 24 Biblical T & i Then andNow REL4354060 Instructor:~~-en An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries, including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians. Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text. Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams. Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221. Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward graduationrequirements.) Time: II Room Old Main 23 A t m , God and Money: How SciencP, Religion a n d E c m i c s M k REL 43641061 Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another. Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants will work as teams to construct Space Colonies. Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the course for credit. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Exploring Human Services SWK 25741027 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991) SWK 34611028 Instructor: Rosemary Link Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections, family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets. Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of International Programs. Field Work LU S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse) S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course) Instrudar: Francine Chakoli Course content w i l lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II) Time: To be arranged Principles of Sociology (with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn) SOC 121-41031 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading illbe given. assignments. Three exams w Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Time: II Room Library 1 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-41032 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding. The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room Old Main 18 Beginning Spmdsh SPA 1114(B3 Instructo~Staff Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam Distribution: ForeignZanguage Time: I Room Old Main 29 Evaluating Continental Literatrwe SPA 250-41034 ~ I ' I S Gu* ~ ~ E ROZ4?tlt& The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems. Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time:I Room: Old Main27 Documentary Video SPC 347-41035 Instructor: Deborah Bart Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. Time: I Room: Foss A-V Seminar Theater Crafts SPC 495-41036 Instructor: Michael Burden Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented. Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show. Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or permission of instructor. Time: I1 Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan Archaeology in Yugoslavia Art in France and Italy Australia's Business Climate The British School and Family The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan E m t in Transition Europe and the Rise of Modern Science -- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland Modern European Business and Worklife Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y) Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland Translating All That Business About lapan * These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991) HPE 455-41039 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health and Physical Education department. Total payment is due October 31,1990. Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit). Outward Bound HPE 21241067 Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period. l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has n some scholarshipsavailable). LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu POL39841065 Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld POL 39841066 These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this as(orn w l n r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme. class as&I American Karate HPE 002-41045 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 120&1:00 MWF Room: Melby Racquetball HPE 002-41044 Instructor: Brian Ammann Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays Room: Melby Hisotry of Economic Thought ECO 219-41406 Instructor: Richard Herzog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV . Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 NEW COU'RSE A I S 290-41069 ART 290-41068 S. Chapman TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y , mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1 produce art work such ar weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department. Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this Proposal. Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included. Distribution: Fine A r t s HPE 271-41070 Time: X I Room: OFFICIATING FOOTBALL I. ~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League. 2. Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total aducational prrrcess. Cmtenr: OM4 Will k based an the rules mb -its set f0M the national Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota State High Schcvl League. Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9- situations Evaluation: Written tcst - T h i s i s a one-half credit course. H I S 140-41964 EAST EUROPE Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri. UNDER THE HAPSBURGS - Room: S i Melby R.D. Zehnder the East C e n ~ d f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent ~nditzon of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t thc Balkans w i t h eye .to fallowin; c ~ z t n events t in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q an ricotic but &- He w i l l lccir a t vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-, Hati-, always as t h vsi+'-q ~ t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s, H z w l m n , and . &-B 3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of s f mt&e .. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud. W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e ma<*= is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th. Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#. Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy Time: I 1 Room: OM13 J, Shackel ford - -- -- - - - - - ~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim ~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton; ~ d l u r=forn l d the discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ; -cgenm of a*pcrirntal e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n for t h e &act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require l er aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr. ~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia. Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl & r , Prerequisite: 3 History course m l m t l m u11l k plpcr. Time: ? I Room: OM13 MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE Zheng The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn, hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc), Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121. Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1 Distribution: I N S 401-41071 Time: I1 Room: 5212 Math/Physics THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR: & THE WILDERNESS THE GARDEN 3. G r i f f i n This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re, but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities. The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves. Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT INTERNSHIPS: Time: I Room: FC 42 For information on January Interim internships please contact the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14. OTHER CHANGES: HPE 232 REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F Cancelled courses: HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED MAT 132, MATH AND ITS APPLICATIONS INTERIM
Show less
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
Title
Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
Collection
Course Catalogs
Search Result
...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ .................
Show more ...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ ................................................................5 ................................................................-6 ................................................................39 .................................................................40 lntroductlon Calendar About Thls Catalog optlons . . . . . . Vlsltlng Students lnterlm Courses UMAlE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Ufetlme Sports ...............................................42 Contents Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025. October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration t Day of Interim January 4 ............................................. Class 1990 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00p.m. Last Day for CancellAdd January 5 . Last Day for Determining Grading System ........... January 15 with Registrar January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses A Ends January 27 .................... February 1................... S P M Semester Begins February 5 .............................................. Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog. Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the Introduction I direded/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. I Introduction 1 Alt 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class. Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics Maxlmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 17 610 102-A lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2 Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 105-A Instructor Esther McLaughlln This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/ Mlnorlty General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BUS 22GA Instructor: Stuart Sfoller Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e view these financial statements to approve all loans. The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors with the basics to: record business transactions, understand and use financial statements and communicate effectively with financial institutions. Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a final. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 10 BUS 30 1-A Instructor Mllo Schleld An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of a market-based economy. The course has three components: a review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts), an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of market failures, their causes and their remedies. Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can analyze, defend, and attack the arguments. Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status or Instructor's permlsslon General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 BUS 368-A Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em- ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 INTRODUCTION TO COBOL CSC 27 1-A Instructoc Noel Petlt A study of the COBOL programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Madmum Enrollment:20 rime: I Room: Foss 42 Computer Science ECO 112-A lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy- sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science General Education Perspectlve: Maximum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Fos 43 ECO 1 13-A lnstructoc Ed Sabella An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house- hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd Maximum Enrollment: 25 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 29 ECO 495-A Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy - and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare, technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an interdisciplinary manner. Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal take-home research essay. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor Madrnum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Foss 43 EDE 375A Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization, research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and examlnatlon. Thk; Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 nme: I Room: Ubrary 1 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western education